Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

177
No. D17-6512 D17-6522 Digital Video Camera CANON INC. 2001 Canon Inc. Digital Imaging Products Service Dept. First Edition : Sep. 2001 First Print : Sep. 2001 NTSC Video Product ELURA20 MC A ELURA10 A ELURA20 MC A ELURA10 A c

Transcript of Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

Page 1: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

No. D17-6512D17-6522

Digital Video Camera

CANON INC. 2001

Canon Inc.Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.

First Edition : Sep. 2001First Print : Sep. 2001

NTSC

Video Product

ELURA20 MC AELURA10 A

ELURA20 MC AELURA10 A

c

Page 2: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS

1. Product Overview ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1

2. Product Features ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-1

2-1 Comparative List for Functions and Performance -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-3

3. Performance / Functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-6

4. System Charts ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-13

5. Viewfinder/ LCD Display Internal Display List -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-14

5-1 Camera Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-14

5-2 VCR Mode ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-18

5-3 Card Recording Mode (MC Model Only) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-22

5-4 Card Play Mode (MC Model only) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-26

5-5 Menu Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-28

5-6 Card Mix Screen Displays ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-35

5-7 Warning Display ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-40

6. Data Backup ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-42

6-1 Main Power Supply Backup --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-42

6-2 Backup by the Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Button Type Lithium Primary Battery) ----------------1-42

6-3 Backup Conditions Using Switch Operation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-43

6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power Supply -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-43

6-3-2 Other Power Switch Positions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-44

6-3-3 Switching the Camera Mode/Switching the Program AE Mode ---------------------------------------------------1-45

7. Others -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-46

7-1 Green Mode ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-46

7-2 On-Screen -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-46

7-3 Headphone (with Docking Unit DU-300 Connected), Speaker ---------------------------------------------------------------1-46

7-4 Battery Level display, Warning Displays and (Low-Power) Power Shutoff -------------------------------------------------1-47

7-5 System Data Display -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-47

7-6 Data Code display --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-47

7-7 MP Tape Capability ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-47

7-8 Warning Buzzer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-47

7-9 Using Analog Line, DV Recording ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-48

7-10 VIdeo ID1 Detection/Output Capability -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-48

7-11 Closed Caption Detection/Output ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-49

7-12 Audio Dubbing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-49

7-12-1 Tape Usable for Audio Dubbing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-49

7-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source ------------------------------------------------------------------1-49

7-12-3 Audio Dubbing Operation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-49

7-13 AV Insert ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-50

7-13-1 Tape Usable for AV Insert ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-50

7-13-2 AV Insert Operation -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-50

7-14 Multi-Dial ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-50

7-15 LCD Panel/CVF (Color ViewFinder) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-51

7-15-1 Camera Mode/Camera Recording Mode -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1-51

7-15-2 VCR Mode/Card Play Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-51

Page 3: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

7-16 Memory Card System --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-51

7-16-1 Card Recording (Card Recording of Still Images) ------------------------------------------------------------------1-51

7-16-2 Copying [ ] / [ ] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-52

7-16-3 Card Mix ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-53

7-16-4 Card Playback ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-53

7-16-5 Image Protecting Setting -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-54

7-16-6 Print Mark Setting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-54

7-16-7 Image Erase ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-54

7-16-8 Format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-55

7-16-9 Card Review --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-55

7-16-10 Image Setting -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-55

7-16-11 Forward Skip for Card Playback ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-56

Page 4: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-1

1. Product Overview

Strategic product with a 3x recording mode, memory card functions and analog line input (iPAL) that are newly developed in the

camcorder industries. Also, it succeeds the super compact size of the ELURA2 MC A with more sophisticated exterior design and

enhances the picture quality.

2. Product Features

• Compact vertical (magnesium alloy) body

• 1/4-inch progressive scan 680,000-pixel CCD RGB primary color filters

• 2.5-inch 200,000-Pixel LCD monitor

• Digital input/output (DV jack), analog input/output AV insert function

• Card still image recording, multi-media card, SD memory card capability (MC model only)

• Card mix function (MC model only)

• SDL mode (max. recording time 240 min. : ELP mode using 80 min. tape)

• Multi-screen

• 3-element microphone

• Adequate accessories (New : 1 types of optical accessories, compact power supply)

• User-friendly card functions (Card preview, card playback jump functions)

Page 5: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-2

External Appearance

Fig. 1-1

Page 6: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-3

2-1 Comparative List for Functions and Performance

Item ELURA2 MC A, ELURA2 A ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A (this device)

Camera

Imaging(video) Image size 1/4-inch CCD ←

element Number of pixels Total number of pixels : 680,000 ←

Effective number of pixels : 360,000 ←

System Progressive scan ←

Filter RGB primary color filters ←

Lens Optical zoom ratio 10 × ←

Digital zoom ratio 40 × (10 × 4) ←

Focal length 3.5-35mm ←

(Converted to 35mm film) 44.7-447mm ←

F number F1.6-2.6 ←

Zoom speed Variable ←

Filter diameter 27mm ←

Minimum brightness 7.5 (3.5) lux (low-light mode NTSC: 1/30 sec) ←

Hand jitter compensation Electronic type ←

Recording function

Program AE (Full auto) ← (Auto/Sports/Portrait/Spotlight/

Surf(sand)& snow/Low-light)

Light metering Lower center weighted Full auto mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, ←

system averaged metering Portrait mode, Low light mode

Evaluation metering 128 sectors ←

(spotlight mode, surf (sand) & snow mode)

Exposure AE lock ←

adjustment Exposure compensation (after AE lock) ←

AE shift × ←

Gain setting/Higher sensitivity × ←

Backlight compensation × ←

Shutter speed High-speed shutter 6 steps ←

(1/60, 1/100, 1/250,1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000)

Slow shutter 1 step (1/30 (Low-light, AE mode)) ←

Aperture Auto iris ←

Image quality Color gain adjustment × ←

adjustment Color phase adjustment × ←

(Custom preset) Sharpness adjustment × ←

Setup adjustment × ←

WB Auto ←

Set (1 pc.) ←

Preset Outdoors/indoors ←

System TTL, 128 sectors ←

Focus Mode AF/MF ←

Manual focus Multi-dial operation ←

16:9 Recording system Vertical extension system ←

Area marker display × ←

Recording D. effect Art, black & white, sepia, mosaic ←

effects D. fade White(black)auto, wipe(right & left), scroll, mosaic White(black)auto, wipe(right & left), scroll, mosaic

Multi-screen 4/9/16 screen (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

Zebra pattern × ←

Page 7: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-4

Item ELURA2 MC A, ELURA2 A ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A (this device)

Recording function

Color bar × ←

Movie Framed movie Progressive scan ←

recording Self-timer 10 sec/remote control : 2 sec ←

Interval timer × ←

Clear scan × ←

Still image Recording system Frame recording (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

recording (Field recording for card mix)

(tape) Recording time 6.5 sec. 6.5 sec. (ESP/ELP:approx. 8 sec.)

Frame processing Progressive scan ←

Still image Recording system Frame recording (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

recording Recorded image size/file system 640 (H) × 480 (V) / JPEG (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

(Card) Memory card Multi-media card Multi-media card, SD memory card

REC search ←

REC review ←

Card review × (MC model only)

Standby SW × ←

Power save(after 5-min. recording pause) Power shutoff ←

Displayed character recording × ←

Audio 16 bits 2 ch (48KHz) ←

12 bits 4 ch (32KHz)(No sync 4-ch recording)

Wind cut ON/OFF switch (for built-in microphone only) ←

EVF Size 0.44-inch (color TFT) ←

Number of pixels 113,000 pixels ←

Brightness adjustment × ←

Color adjustment × ←

Portable × ←

Monitor LCD Size 2.5-inch ←

Number of pixels 200,000 pixels ←

Brightness adjustment × ←

Portable Mirror photography capability ←

VCR

Playback Frame forward play Forward/reverse ←

system Slow play Forward/reverse ←

2× speed play Forward/reverse ←

1× speed play Forward/reverse ←

Queue/review 9.5 × speed play ←

Search Photo search ←

Date search ←

Index search × ←

Play effect D. effect Art, black & white, sepia, mosaic ←

D. fade White(black)auto, wipe(right & left), scroll, mosaic ←

Multi-screen 4/9/16 screen (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

Data code display Date display/camera data ←

Slide show (MC model only) ← (MC model only)

Card playback jump × (MC model only)

Audio dubbing ←

AV insert Digital ←

Analog ←

Zero set memory ←

Page 8: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-5

Changed from D52A/B models ( : New functions)

Item ELURA2 MC A, ELURA2 A ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A (this device)

VCR

Edit function Simple edit × ←

Effects × ←

Systems

I/F(jack) Microphone input (DC 5V jack, DU-300 capability) ←

Headphone output (DU-300 capability) ←

DV jack (input/output) ←

S jack (input/output, DU-300 capability) ← (input/output, DU-300 capability)

AV jack input/output RCA pin (also used for VA) ← (also used for VA)

Edit capability LANG jack (DU-300 capability) ←

World clock ←

Character title × ←

Speaker ←

Warning buzzer ←

Tally lamp ←

Remote control 1, 2 capability ←

Accessory shoe × ←

Video ID (ID1) ←

Recording LP ←

mode SDL (E SP, E LP) ×

Custom key × ←

Index screen key × (MC model only)

Mix/slide show key × (MC model only)

DV control × ←

Main unit charging × ←

Backup power supply Button type lithium battery (CR-1616 type) ←

Battery pack power supply Lithium battery, 400 series ←

Page 9: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-6

3. Performance / Functions

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 Type Video camcorder

2 Recording system Rotary 3-head helical scan azimuth recording.

Personal digital DVC (SD/SDL standard).

Conforms to the NTSC system (525 lines x 60 fields).

2-1 Video signal recording system Digital component recording.

SD SDL

Sampling frequency Y = 13.5MHz Y = 10.125MHz

R-Y, B-Y = 3.375MHz R-Y, B-Y = 3.375MHz

Number of quantified bits 8bits 8bits

2-2 Audio signal recording system PCM digital recording. PCM digital recording.

16-bit, 48KHz 2 channels --------

12-bit, 32KHz 2 channels 32KHz 2ch

(stereo 1, 2) (stereo1)

2-3 Tracking 2-frequency pilot type 2-frequency pilot type

2-4 Tape speed Approx. 18.81mm/sec. (SP mode) Approx. 9.41mm/sec. (ESP mode)

Approx. 12.56mm/sec. (LP mode) Approx. 6.28mm/sec. (ELP mode)

2-5 Head drum

Drum diameter 21.7mm

Speed 9000/1.001 rpm

Number of heads 3 video heads

3 Record/play times Max. 80 min. (SP mode) Max. 160 min. (ESP mode)

Max. 120 min. (LP mode) Max. 240 min. (ELP mode)

Continuous recording time BP-406 Approx. 55 min. (CVF), Approx 45 min. (LCD)

BP-412 Approx. 100 min. (CVF), Approx 80 min. (LCD)

BP-422 Approx. 200 min. (CVF), Approx 165 min. (LCD)

4 Usable video cassettes Mini-DVC specifications.

4-1 Tape type Evaporated metal tape.

4-2 Tape width 6.35mm evaporated metal tape.

4-3 Tape thickness 7µm

5 Camera

5-1 Video element 1/4 (1/4-inch) type progressive scan CCD.

5-1-1Number of pixels Total number of pixels: approx. 680,000

Effective number of pixels: approx. 360,000

5-1-2 Filters RGB primary color filters.

5-1-3 Color separation system Differential read-out type.

5-1-4 Signal configuration NTSC standard color video signal

5-1-5 Scan system 525 lines x 60 fields / 30 frames

5-2 Optical lens

5-2-1 Nominal focal length 3.5mm - 35mm

Zoom ratio Optical lens: 10× Electronic zoom: 40× (10× 4 = 40)

(Converted to 35mm film) 44.7mm - 447mm 1788mm (equivalent)

5-2-2 Nominal aperture ratio 1 : 1.6 (F2.6 at Tele photo-end)

5-2-3 Lens configuration 10 elements, 7 groups, 2 aspherical lens elements (3 surfaces) used.

5-2-4 Focusing Inner focus type. Manual focusing is also possible (by rotating the Multi dial).

5-2-5 Minimum focusing distance 10mm (autofocus at Wide). 1m (from the front of the lens) throughout the entire zoom range.

5-2-6 Power zoom Multi-step, variable speed power zoom. Slide lever type. The zoom speed is varied by the

amount of slide lever movement.

Optical zoom: approx. 2.0 sec. - approx. 21 sec.

Digital zoom: approx. 3.5 sec. - approx. 24 sec.

No manual zoom (no zoom ring).

5-2-7 Focal length indication None. There is a simple zoom display in the viewfinder.

5-2-8 Macro mechanism Wide angle end macro.

5-2-9 Minimum macro focusing distance 10mm (from front of lens).

5-2-10 Filter diameter 27mm, P0.5mm

5-2-11 Accessory lenses, filter FS-27U can be used.

5-2-12 Lens hood None.

5-2-13 Lens cap Covering type.

Page 10: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-7

5-3 Hand jitter compensation Yes

5-3-1 Type Electronic type hand jitter compensaion

5-3-2 Hand jitter detection Angular velocity detecting method.

5-4 Recording modes Movie mode, photo mode (tape and card recording (card for ELURA 20 MC A only)).

5-4-1 Movie mode Normal recording and progressive scan recording.

5-4-2 Photo mode Approx. 6.5 sec. (approx, 8 sec. int the ESP mode and ELP mode) still image recording (field

recording for card mix in frame record and movie mode)

Lock display ( ) in the viewfinder after partially pressing the button. This display lights green

when the AF lock is applied.

5-4-3 Card recording CCD Prograssive still images can be recorded an still images on MMC (Multi-Media cards) or

SD (Secure Digital) memory card by pressing the Photo button int the card recording mode. A

shutter tone (pseundo) will sound at his sound at this time.

Recording system JPEG. JPEG system compressin ratio (fine/standard) available.

Conforms to DCF (Design rule for Camera File system).

Recording system JPEG system compensation ratio (irreversible) (fine/standard) available

Conforms to DCF (Design rule for Camera File system).

Number of recordable images (for SDC-8M)

Fine Approx. 50

Standard Approx. 80

The SDC-8M card supplied contains pre-recorded title images, so the above values will be

smaller when this is used. The values are merely guidelines and can vary widely depending on

the focal length used, the subject, the conditions, etc.

5-5 Exposure control

5-5-1 AE function

Program AE Full auto mode, auto mode, sports mode, portrait mode, spotlight mode,

surf (sand) & snow mode, low light mode.

5-5-2 Light metering system Below-center weighted averaging metering :

Full auto Mode, Auto Mode, Sports Mode, Portrait Mode, Low Light Mode.

Full frame averaged metering + 128-sector evaluation metering :

Spotlight Mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow Mode.

Frame division 128 sectors (16 vertical x 8 horizontal)

5-5-3 Exposure compensation function

AE lock AE lock by AE shift button operation AE lock uses the Multi-dial for Exposure compensation

(except in Full Auto mode).

Exposure Compensation volume +/−11 steps (+/−2.75EV), 0.25 aperture stop per step. Bar indicator ( ) in the

viewfinder.

5-5-4 Electronic shutter

High-speed shutter Auto mode : 1/60 sec., 1/100 sec., 1/250 sec., 1/500 sec., 1/1000 sec., 1/2000 sec.

Hand jitter compensation ON During flicker detection : 1/100 sec.

During flicker detection : 1/120 sec.

Hand jitter compensation OFF During flicker detection : 1/100 sec.

Low-speed shutter 1/30 sec. (low light mode, fixed speed)

5-6 Autofocus (AF)

5-6-1 System TTL, video signal detection auto focus type AF.

5-6-2 AF measurement area Center of screen

5-6-3 Metering frame display None.

5-6-4 AF operational range 10mm - infinity (Wide); 1m - infinity (from front of lens) throughout the entire zoom range.

5-6-5 AF operational brightness range 50 lux - 100,000 lux

5-6-6 AF mode selection Continuous AF/manual focusing. AF can be turned on and off by pressing the focus button in all

modes except full auto. (Pressing focus button)

Manual focus is displayed in the viewfinder during manual focus (AF off).

5-7 Viewfinder 0.44-inch type, color liquid crystal display (approx. 113,000 pixels), telescoping type (pull out).

Off except when the LCD monitor is stored (body side panel face) and during mirror mode.

5-7-1 Rotation No.

5-7-2 Eyepiece removal Yes.

5-7-3 Diopter adjustment range +1.5 to –5.5 diopters (eyepiece).

5-7-4 Lens configuration 2 groups, 2 elements.

Page 11: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-8

5-8 LCD panel 2.5-inch type, color liquid crystals, display approx. 200,000 pixels (228 (V) × 880 (H)). TFT

active matrix drive.

RGB delta array. On except when the LCD monitor is stored (body side panel face).

Angle adjustment Yes. High angle, low angle, monitoring during mirror mode.

Data display Operation mode display, simple zoom position display, battery level display, remaining tape

display, time code, various warning. Color display. No display during mirror mode.

Relationships to the viewfinder (CVF)

*1: ELURA20 MC A only

*2: Appears in Mirror mode with menu operation.

*3: Panel displays restricted to the following for Mirror mode. (Normal viewfinder and onscreen displays)

The following marks are indicated in the upper left of screen .

• Camera mode : “” recording , “ ” recording pause,“ ”ejection

• Card recording mode : “ ” without card , “ <<<<”with card, accessing

(Mirror mode is reset in recording search and warning.)

5-9 White balance adjustment TTL, 128-sector, new white extraction type FAWB.

With set/preset (outdoors: 5,600K; indoors: 3,200K) (selection from camera menu).

Adjustment range 2,800K - 8,000K.

5-10 Digital feature function Fader, effects, multi-screen, card mix (MC model only) modes are provided.

Fader : Coupled to the start/stop button (VCR mode button), one-time execution is possible

when the fader mode is displayed (the mode display disappears when the fader ends).

Effects : Continuous effects are possible until turned off.

Multi-screen : Images are captured and displayed on several screens at fixed intervals or as

indicated manually. Displays continue until turned off.

Card mix : The sample images supplied and images recorded on cards can be mixed and

displayed with images captured with the camera.

5-10-1 Fader Audio-synchronized fader.

Auto fade (JAPAN models: White Fade; Overseas Models: Black Fade),

Wipe (Left/Right), Scroll, Mosaic Fade.

Fade time Approx. 4 sec.

5-10-2 Effects Art, Monochrome, Sepia, Mosaic.

Operated by pressing the Effects button to toggle this function ON and OFF.

5-10-3 Multi-screen

Number of screens 4 (2 × 2, 9 (3 × 3), 16 (4 × 4)

Operation mode Manual, fast (every 4 fields), normal (every 6 fields), slow (every 8 fields).

5-10-4 Card mix (MC model only)

Mix type Card chroma key, Card luminance key, Camera chroma key

Mix level adjustment 32 steps.

5-10-5 Relationship between digital features and operation mode

When execution is possible in the various modes (Card record mode, card play mode. Card mix only with the MC model.)

*1: Not possible in the movie mode or low light mode (interlace).

Camera mode/card recording *1 VCR mode/card playback *1

LCD panel position LCD panel CVF LCD panel CVF

Panel closed (panel side of body) OFF ON OFF ON

Panel closed (panel side outside) ON OFF ON OFF

Panel opened ON OFF ON OFF

Mirror (photography) mode *3 ON *2 ON ON ON

Camera modeCard recordmode Still Image Movie

VCR mode Card playbackmode

Fader × × ×Effects ×Multi-screen ×Card mix × *1 × ×

Page 12: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-9

5-11 Built-in microphone Stereo microphone (electret condenser microphone used).

Stereo using on-directional microphone × 3 + electrical circuit (3-element microphone).

5-11-1 Wind cut function With on/off switch (menu selection for built-in microphone only).

5-12 Additional functions

5-12-1 Time code Recording time (0:00:00 - 7:59:59) is displayed and recorded in the sub code area.

5-12-2 Data code There is no recording time display, but the recording date/time and camera data are recorded

and can be displayed during play.

Date/time Coupling range: January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2030 (initial setting: January 1, 2001).

World time capability. Automatic setting to the date/time of travel destinations by selecting the

destination city. Daylight saving time capability. Three display modes are available for play:

date, date and time, and time (January 1, 1990 to December 31, 2089).

Camera data Values such as shutter speed and aperture value are recorded (no display during recording) and

can be displayed during play.

5-12-3 Assessory shoe None.

5-12-4 Image search function Tape can be played (forward/reverse) during camera recording pause by operating the Rec Search button.

5-12-5 Rec review function Started by operating the Rec Check button ( ) during camera recording pause.

5-12-6 Card review function Yes (MC model only) The last image recorded on the memory card is read out by operating the

REC Check button ( ) on the card recording mode. The image read out can be protected or deleted.

5-12-7 Zero set memory Yes. Tape can be forwarded or rewound continuously until the zero set memory key of the WL-

D75/WL-D76 is operated (The counter value is set to 0:00:00.) (Zero set is possible only during

recording, not during play.)

5-12-8 Remote control ON/OFF Yes. Available in both the camera recording and the VCR modes (menu selection).

5-12-9 Selftimer 10 sec. (Approximately 2 sec. when the wireless controller WL-D75/WL-D76 is used.)

5-12-10 Headphone volume adjustment Adjustment is possible using the multi-dial.

6 Recorder unit

6-1 Recording functions Camera recording, DV input recording, analog input recording.

6-1-1 Recording format Personal DVC (SD specifications).

6-1-2 Tape speed

SD specifications Approx. 18.81mm/sec. (SP mode), approx. 12.56mm/sec. (LP mode)

SDL specifikations Approx. 9.41mm/sec. (ESP mode), approx 6.28mm/sec. (ELP mode)

6-1-3 DV input recording Conforms to IEEE 1394.

Records video and audio signals from a digital video camera connected with the DV cable.

6-1-4 Analog input recording The S-video jack and AV mini-jack are used to recordanalog video and audio signals.

6-1-5 Terminal priority during recording DV jack > S-video jack > AV mini-jack

6-2 Insert recording Yes.

6-2-1 Insertable tape Only tapes with SP recording can be inserted.

6-3 Dubbing Yes (SD specification tape only)

6-3-1 Tapes usable Only tapes with 12-bit SP recording other than for audio dubbing 4-channel simultaneous re-

cordings can be used for dubbing.

6-3-2 Dubbing signal input Line (AV mini-jack) or microphone (external/internal) audio signals.

6-3-3 Dubbing selection Operate the dubbing button of the remote control in play pause status.

6-4 Play functions Standard play and special play

6-4-1 Standard play

a. Video Video recorded in the SP, LP, E SP or E LP mode

b. Audio

16-bit Sampling frequency 48KHz, 44.1KHz, 32KHz. (except for SDL specifications)

12-bit Sampling frequency 32KHz.

Play using stereo 1, stereo 2 or a mix of stereo 1 and 2 (variable mix ratio).

6-4-2 Special play Video only play

a. Freeze frame play Movie picture : pure frame play

Progressive : frame play

b. Fast forward play Approx. 9.5× speed.

c. Rewind play Approx. 9.5× speed.

d. Frame forward play Forward/reverse

e. Slow play Forward/reverse 1/5× speed (corresponds to forward/reverse 1/10× speed)

f. 1× speed play Forward/reverse

g. 2× speed play Forward/reverse 2× speed

h. Edit search Forward/reverse

Page 13: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-10

6-5 Tape fast forward/rewind time

Approx. 2 min. 20 sec. (using 60-minute tape)

6-6 Input signals

6-6-1 DV jack IEEE 1394-AV/C protocol SD format signal.

6-6-2 AV mini-jack

a. Video signal NTSC standard color video signal

Impedance 75 ΩOutput signal level 1Vp-p (composite)

b. Audio signal

Signal type Stereo audio signal

Impedance 47 KΩ or more

Signal level −10dBv

6-6-3 S-video jack (with Docking Unit DU-300 connected)

Signal configuration Y/C separate video signal

Impedance 75 ΩSignal level 0.286Vp-p (composite) (color burst signal)

6-6-4 MIC jack (with docking unit DU-300 connected)

φ 3.5mm mini stereo jack

Impedance 5 KΩ or more

Signal level −57dBv (using 600ohm microphone)

6-7 Output signals

6-7-1 DV jack IEEE 1394-AV/C protocol.

6-7-2 AV mini-jack φ 3.5mm, 4-pole mini-jack.

a. Video signal

Signal configuration NTSC standard color video signal

Impedance 75 ΩSignal level 1Vp-p (composite)

b. Audio output signal

Signal type Stereo audio signal.

AV mini-jack.

Output impedance 3 KΩ or less.

Output signal level −10dBv (47-KΩ load).

Frequency response 60Hz - 16KHz (1KHz standard: +/−3dB)

Audio signal S/N ratio

Microphone input 48dB or more.

External microphone input 48dB or more (using Docking Unit DU-300).

6-7-3 S-video jack (using Docking Unit DU-300).

Signal configuration NTSC Y/C separate video signal.

Video signal 1Vp-p (Brightness + sync signal)

Color signal 0.286Vp-p (color burst signal)

Brightness signal S/N ratio 45dB or more

6-7-4 Headphone jack (using Docking Unit DU-300).

φ 3.5mm stereo mini jack.

Output impedance 150 ΩOutput signal level −25dBv (16 Ω load, maximum volume).

6-8 Memory card system (MC model only)

6-8-1 Memory card used Multi-media card, SD memory card.

6-8-2 Recordable images and image qualities

Card record mode : Camera images can be recorded by operating the Photo button. The digital

effects function and multi-screen function can also be used.

VCR mode : Still images can be recorded by operating the Photo button (half-pressing

freezes a frame and then full-pressing records) while playing a tape. Also,

DV input images can also be recorded (no tape or tape stopped) by operat-

ing the Photo button (half-pressing freezes a frame and then full-pressing

records).

Image quality when recording from tape/DV input to a card.

Page 14: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-11

6-8-3 Recording system JPEG file conforms to DCF (Design rule for Camera File system) and DPOF (Digital Print

Order Format).

Card volume level CANON_DV

DCF folder and file name //DCIM/xxx CANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG xxx : folder number yyyy: file number

File numbers Files are controlled internally by folder number and file number. File numbers from 0001 to

9900 are allocated to recorded images. Up to 100 images can be saved in each folder. Numbers

from 100 - 998 are allocated to the folders.

Relationship between folder numbers and file numbers

Recorded images start from 101-0101. Basically, the numbers are allocated so that they are

larger than the directory numbers and file numbers of the files stored in the multi-media card.

6-8-4 Recorded image size 640 (H) × 480 (V)

6-8-5 Number of images recorded SDC-8M

Fine mode Approx. 50

Standard Approx. 80

6-8-6 Card format The Format instruction on the menu of the body is used to format cards. Correct operation

cannot be guaranteed when a personal computer is used for formatting because formatting may

vary depending on the OS.

6-9 Digital feature functions Fader, effects, multi-screen modes are provided.

Coupled to the / button. Can be executed once when Fade mode is displayed (mode display

turns OFF when fader ends).

Effects : Continuous effects are possible until turned OFF.

Multi-screen : Images are captured and displayed on several screens at fixed intervals or as

indicated manually. Displays continue until turned OFF.

6-9-1 Fader Audio-synchronized fader.

Auto fade (Japanese models : white fade; overseas models : black fade), wipe (left/right), scroll

and mosaic fade.

Fade time Approx. 4 sec.

6-9-2 Effects Art, monochrome, sepia, mosaic

Operated by pressing the D. Effect button to toggle this function on and OFF.

6-9-3 Multi-screen

Number of screens 4 (2 × 2), 9 (3 × 3), 16 (4 × 4)

Operation mode manual, fast (every 4 frames), normal (every 6 frames), slow (every 8 frames)

6-9-4 Card mix No

6-9-5 Relationship between digital features and operaion mode

Folder No. File numbers File contents

100 0001 0002 0003 ・・・・ 0099 0100 Sample images provided at the factory

101 0101 0102 0103 ・・・・ 0199 0200

102 0201 0202 0203 ・・・・ 0299 0300

・・・

198 9801 9802 9803 ・・・・ 9899 9900

200 0001 0002 0003 ・・・・ 0099 0100

・・・

998 9801 9802 9803 ・・・・ 9899 9900

Image recording area

VCR/tape VCR/card (MC model only)

Fader ×Effects ×Multi-screen ×Card mix function (MC mode only) × ×

Sorce Record mode Images recorded to a card

Progressive animated imagePhoto recorded on tape with ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

NTSC/PAL model Progressive frame image

NTSC model Simple viewer frameNormal animated image

PAL model Field image

NTSC model Simple viewer frameDV input

PAL model Field image

Page 15: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-12

6-10 Other functions

6-10-1 Editing mechanism Used for recording pauses and stops. Also possible when the power is turned off. This function

is not effective, when the cassette is removed.

6-10-2 Automatic stop mechanism Activates after approx. 5 min. of continuous forward still image playback or approx. 2 min. of

continuous reverse still image playback, when the condensation warning appears. when the end

or beginning of a tape is reached.

6-10-3 Automatic power off mechanism Operates when recording pause continues for approx. 5 min., and when the battery voltage

drops below the specified value.

6-10-4 Time code Automatic writing during recording. 0:00:00:00 - 7:59:59:29 (hour:minute:second:frame).

6-10-5 Photo search Used to search for photos recorded in the Photo mode.

Forward/reverse photo search (operate the , keys after selecting Photo Search with the

Search Select key of the remote control).

Setting is possible for up to +/−10 numbers from the current position.

6-10-6 Date search This function is used to specify the parts of dates that differ when recordings were made on

multiple dates.

Forward/reverse date search (operate the , keys after selecting Date Search with the

Search Select key of the remote control).

Setting is possible for up to +/−10 numbers from the current position.

6-10-7 World clock display After the reference city (the city for which the clock time has been set) has been set, the date and

time of the selected city will automatically be changed to the local date and time, and recorded

on the photo when a photo is taken.

6-10-8 Speaker Built-in. With volume adjustment.

6-10-9 Battery charge function None.

7 Terminals

7-1 DV terminal Special 4-pin connector (IEEE 1394 compatible), both input and output.

7-2 S-video terminal 4-pin mini DIN, both input and output (using Docking Unit DU-300).

7-3 Video/audio terminal φ 3.5mm, 4-pole pin jack (yellow), both input and output.

7-4 External microphone input terminal φ 3.5mm stereo mini jack (using Docking Unit DU-300).

7-5 Headphone terminal φ 3.5mm stereo mini jack (using Docking Unit DU-300).

7-6 Edit terminal φ 2.5mm mini-mini jack, LANC compatible (using Docking Unit DU-300).

7-7 Multi-media card connection terminal Special multi-pin jack (MC model only).

7-8 Battery terminal Special 4-pin jack.

8 Power supply

8-1 Input power supply 7.4VDC (battery pack), 7.2VDC (using the CA-410, CB-400).

8-2 Power consumption

Recording (Autofocus) Approx. 4.4 W (CVF), approx. 5.4 W (LCD monitor)10 Size (width × height × depth)

9 Size (W × H × D) Approx. 48 × 106 × 86 mm (approx. 1-7/8 × 4-4/8 × 3-3/8 in.) (excluding small protuberrances)

10 Mass (weight)

10-1 Weight of main unit Approx. 13 3/4 oz (390 g)

10-2 Total weight Approx. 1lb 5/8 oz (470 g)

(Including BP-406, DVM-E30, lens cap, button type lithium battery, grip belt and SDC-8M (for

MC model only))

12 Environmental conditions

12-1 Performance guarantee conditions 0°C ~ 40°C 85% (relative humidity)

12-2 Operation guarantee conditions −5°C ~ 45°C 65% (relative humidity)

Page 16: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-13

4. System Charts

Fig. 1-2

VL-10Li Battery Video Light

BP-900 Series Lithium-ion Battery Pack

CH-910 Dual Battery Charger/Holder

BP-900 Series Lithium-ion Battery Pack

WL-D75/WL-D76 Wireless Controller

MiniDVVideo Cassette

SD Memory Card*orMultiMediaCard*

Card Reader*

CB-400Car Battery Adapter

BP-406, BP-412 and BP-422Battery Packs

DC-400 DC Coupler

CA-400 Compact Power Adapter

TV

VCR

SC-1000 Soft Carrying Case

S-150 S-video Cable

DU-300 Docking Unit

STV-250N Stereo Video Cable

Digital Device

Personal ComputerSC-A50 Soft Carrying Case

CV-150F DV Cable

SA-1 Adapter Bracket

Stereo Microphone (commercially available)

DU-300 Docking Unit

ZR-1000 Zoom Remote Controller

DU-300 Docking Unit

PC Card Adapter*

FD Adapter*

* ELURA20 MC only

CA-910 Compact Power Adapter

Page 17: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-14

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Camera mode

OFF

Zoom display

(appears for approx. 4 sec.

after zoom operation)Optical zoom W T

40× digital zoom W T

Zoom stopped W T

Zooming to Tele W T

Zooming to Wide W T

Hand jitter compensation displayHand jitter compensation ON

Hand jitter compensation OFF No display

Recording mode displaySD mode SP recording

LP recording

SDL mode SP recording E

LP recording E

Operation mode display Mirror mode (LCD)Recording

Recording pause

Cassette ejected

Stopped

+ Rec search

− Rec search

5. Viewfinder/ LCD Display Internal Display List

5-1 Camera Mode

Page 18: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-15

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Program AE mode displayFull auto mode

Auto mode

Sports mode

Portrait mode

Spotlight mode

Surf & snow mode

Low-light mode

Program AE mode menu

Tape counter displayTime code (no frame display)

When indeterminate

Zero set memory M

M

M

When indeterminate M

EXP lock displayMinimum exposure value

Standard exposure value

Maximum exposure value

AE No display

Timer display

Remaining tape display

Tape end

When indeterminate

Tape warning display (blink)

Other No display

Page 19: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-16

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Focus mode displayAF off

AF on No display

Selftimer displayTimer standby

Timer operating

Other No display

Battery level Approx. 100% Approx. 75% Approx. 50% Approx. 25%

Approx. 0% warning display (blink)

With power supply adapter mounted No display

Shutter speed display1/60 sec.

1/100 sec.

1/250 sec.

1/500 sec.

1/1000 sec.

1/2000 sec.

Auto No display

Button type lithium battery low level

warning display

Remote control cord displayWhen cord setting 1 is selected

When cord setting 2 is selected

Remote control receptor OFF

White balance displayWhen set Blinks in WB setting or NG.

Indoor preset Lights up continuously after WB setting.

Outdoor preset

Auto No display

Condensation warning display (blinks) Blinks in red.

Page 20: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-17

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Headphone volume adjustment display

Volume OFFOFF

Card mix display (MC model only)

Digital feature displayWhen auto fade is selected

When wipe is selected

When scroll is selected

When art is selected

When black & white is selected

When sepia is selected

When mosaic is selected

When multi-screen is selected

When feature off is selected No display

Window cut displayWindow cut ON No display

Window cut OFF OFF External microphone connected.

Date/time display

When date and time are not set.

Audio mode displayWhen 16 bits is selected

When 12 bits is selected

16:9 mode displayWhen the 16:9 mode is selected

Other No display

Half-way press lock displayAF/AE operation (blinks)

AF/AE locked (light green)

Focus mode displayNomal recording No display

Frame movie selected

Photo mode selected

Page 21: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-18

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

VCR Mode

OFF

Audio output displayWhen 12-bit stereo 1 is selected

When 12-bit stereo 2 is selected

When 12-bit mix 1:1 is selected

12-bit mix variable is selected

16-bit No display

Audio mix ratio displayWhen ST-1:ST-2=1:0

When ST-1:ST-2=1:1

When ST-1:ST-2=0:1

Record mode displaySD mode SP recording

LP recording

SDL mode SP recording E

LP recording E

Operation mode displayRecording

Pause

When the cassette is ejected

When stopped

Play

Fast forward

Rewind

No tape

Fast forward play

2× speed play

1× speed play

Forward slow play

(Forward slow play)

5-2 VCR Mode

Page 22: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-19

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Forward frame play

Forward still play

Reverse still play

Reverse frame play

Reverse slow play

(Reverse slow play)

Reverse 1× speed play

Reverse 2× speed play

Rewind play

Forward edit search

Reverse edit search

Forward date/photo search

Reverse date/photo search

FF return

REW return

AV insert pause

AV insert record

Audio dubbing pause

Audio dubbing

Tape counterTime code display

When no setting

Zero set memory Same as in Camera mode

Remaining tape display Same as in Camera mode.

Audio dubbing/insert or search displayWhen AV insert is selected

When dubbing is selected

Date search

Freeze frame photo search

Other than search No display

Battery level display Same as in camera mode.

Remote control display Same as in camera mode.

Battery warning display Same as in camera mode.

Condensation warning display Same as in camera mode.

Page 23: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-20

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Speaker volume adjustment display

Volume OFFOFF

Headphone volume adjustment display Same as in Camera mode.

Data code display

Date & time setting

Dat

e an

d tim

e se

tting

Data code settingCamera dataDate and time Date and time & camera data

Time setting

Date setting

Camera dataAperture value display The aperture value for this product is

F1.6 and more.

Aperture fully closed This product does not have a fully closed

When no setting aperture function.

Shutter speed display The shutter speeds for this product are

1/30 sec., 1/60-1/2,000 sec.

When no setting

Time displayTime setting selected

When no setting

Time & time setting selected

When no setting

Page 24: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-21

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Day & time setting selected

When no setting

Wind cut display Same as in Camera mode.

Audio data displayWhen the audio dubbing/audio

input terminal selected

When the audio dubbing/microphone

input terminal is selected

Audio mode display Same as in Camera mode.

16:9 mode Same as in Camera mode.

DV inputDV input DV IN

Other No display

Page 25: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-22

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Card recording mode

012345678910

100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11121314151617181920212223

M

Zoom/exposure compensation display Same as in Camera mode.

Hand jitter compensation display Same as in Camera mode.

Card image quality display

Program AE mode display Same as in Camera mode.

Card access display

Card remaining capacity displayNo card (blinks red)

frames is 9999 or more (green)

When the number of recordable

frames is 99 (green)

When the number of recordable

frames is 5 (yellow)

When the number of recordable

frames is zero (0) (red)

EXP lock display Same as in Camera mode.

Focus mode display Same as in Camera mode.

Selftimer display Same as in Camera mode.

Battery level display Same as in Camera mode.

5-3 Card Recording Mode (MC Model Only)

Page 26: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-23

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Shutter speed display

Auto mode selected

Button type lithium battery low level Same as in Camera mode.

warning display

Remote control code display Same as in Camera mode.

White balance display Same as in Camera mode.

Battery low level warning display Same as in Camera mode.

Condensation warning display Same as in Camera mode.

Date display Same as in Camera mode.

(Date & time only)

Photo button partially pressed Same as in Camera mode.

lock display

Page 27: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-24

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Card review screen

Card review mode display

Card record image display Same as the card record image display in

Card record mode.

Card access displayWriting to card Red display, sequential display.

Reading from carad Green display, sequential display.

Card remaining capacity displayNo card

Checking card level

No remaining capacity

99 frames remaining

Page 28: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-25

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Image size display Dot (horizontal)

Image protect Image protect set/cancel

Image delete mode Shift to image delete screen

Return Exit card review mode

Image protect set/cancel

Image delete screen

Page 29: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-26

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Card Play Mode

M

Print mark display

Protect display

DCF file name displayDirectory number 100, file number 0001

Directory number 998, file number 9900

Card access displayWriting to card

Red display Sequential display

Reading from card

Green display Sequential display

5-4 Card Play Mode (MC Model only)

Page 30: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-27

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Image number displayNo card

Checking number of cards recorded

Zero (0) card recorded

9th of 99 cards recorded

99th of 99 cards recorded

9900th of 9900 cards recorded

Image size Dot (Horizontal) × (Vertical)

Data display Same as in VCR mode

(Date & time only)

Slide show

M

Slide show operation guide displayslide show in progress

Page 31: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-28

5-5 Menu Displays

Menu displays include Camera mode, VCR mode, Card recording mode and Card play mode.

Camera Mode

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

D. EFFECT D. EFFECT OFF OFF Lithium battery

FADER

EFFECT

MULTI-S

FADER FADE-T FADE-T Lithium battery

WIPE

SCROLL

EFFECT ART ART Lithium battery

BLK & WHT

SEPIA

MOSAIC

M. S. SPEED MANUAL MODERATE Lithium battery

FAST

MODERATE

SLOW

M. S. SPLIT 4 4 Lithium battery

9

16

RETURN

CARD MIX Shift the Card Mix Screen Displays

CAMERA SET UP SHUTTER AUTO AUTO Lithium battery

1/60

1/100

1/250

1/500

1/1000

1/2000

DIGITAL ZOOM ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

IMAGE S. ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

16:9 ON OFF Lithium battery

OFF

WHIT BAL AUTO AUTO Lithium battery

SET

INDOOR

OUTDOOR

RETURN

VCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium battery

LP

E SP

E LP

WIND SCREEN ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

AUDIO MODE *2 16 bit 12 bit Lithium battery

12 bit

RETURN

Page 32: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-29

*1 : TALLY LAMP, BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR and D/T DISPLAY data are displayed on the Menu screen only.

*2 : On other screens, they are displayed for 4 seconds after Power ON and Menu Exit.

D/TIME SEL is displayed only when D/T DISPLAY is OFF. WL REMOTE “OFF ( )” is always displayed.

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

DISP. SET TP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery

MIRROR *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

TV SCREEN ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

D/T DISPLAY *1 ON OFF Lithium battery

OFF

RETURN

SYSTEM WL REMOTE *2 Lithium battery

OFF

TALLY LAMP *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

T. ZONE/DST *2 LONDON N.Y. Lithium battery

LONDON

PARIS

PARIS

· · · · · ·

CAIRO

MOSCOW

DUBAI

KARACHI

DACCA

BANGKOK

H. KONG

TOKYO

SYDNEY

SOLOMON

WELLGTN

SAMOA

HONOLU.

ANCHOR

L.A.

DENVER

CHICAGO

N.Y.

CARACAS

RIO

FERNEN.

· · · · · ·

AZORES

AZORES

D/TIME SEL *2 JAN. 1,2001 JAN. 1,2001 Lithium battery

12:00 AM 12:00 AM

DEC.31,2001

11:59 PM

RETURN

RETURN

Page 33: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-30

VCR Mode

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

D. EFFECT D. EFFECT OFF OFF Lithium battery

EFFECT

MULTI-S

FADER FADE-T FADE-T Lithium battery

WIPE

SCROLL

MOSAIC

EFFECT ART ART Lithium battery

BLK & WHT

SEPIA

MOSAIC

M. S. SPEED MANUAL MODERATE Lithium battery

FAST

MODERATE

SLOW

M. S. SPLIT 4 4 Lithium battery

9

16

RETURN

VCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium battery

LP

E SP

E LP

OUTPUT CH*1 L/R L/R Lithium battery

L/L

R/R

AUDIO DUB AUDIO IN AUDIO IN Lithium battery

MIC. IN

WIND SCREEN ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

AUDIO MODE 16 bit 12 bit Lithium battery

12 bit

RETURN

CARD SET UP QUALITY FINE FINE Lithium battery

STANDARD

IMAGE NOS. *1 RESET CONTINUOUS Lithium battery

CONTINUOUS

SHTR SOUND ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

RETURN

CARD OPER. COPY [ ] ] CANCEL CANCEL -----

EXECUTE

RETURN

DISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery

DISPLAY ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

6 SEC. DATE *1 ON OFF Lithium battery

OFF

DATA CODE *2 DATE/TIME DATE/TIME

CAMERA DATA Lithium battery

CAM & D/T

Page 34: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-31

*1 : BRIGHTNESS, 6 SEC. DATE, OUTPUT CH and BEEP data are displayed on the Menu screen only.

*2 : On other screens, DATA CODE is displayed only when it is turned on.

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

DISP. SET UP D/TIME SEL *2 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium battery

TIME

DATE & TIME

RETURN

SYSTEM WL. REMOTE Lithium battery

OFF

TALLY LAMP ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

REUTRN

RETURN

Page 35: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-32

Camera Recording Mode (Card/Camera Mode) (MC model only)

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

D. EFFECTS D. EFFECT OFF OFF Lithium battery

EFFECT

MULTI-S

EFFECT ART ART Lithium battery

BLK & WHT

SEPIA

MOSAIC

M. S. SPEED MANUAL MODERATE Lithium battery

FAST

MODERATE

SLOW

M. S. SPLIT 4 4 Lithium battery

9

16

RETURN

CAM. SET UP SHUTTER AUTO AUTO Lithium battery

1/60

1/100

1/250

1/500

1/1000

1/2000

D. ZOOM ON OFF Lithium battery

OFF

IMAGE S. ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

WHIT BAL AUTO AUTO Lithium battery

SET

INDOOR

OUTDOOR

RETURN

CARD SET UP QUALITY FINE FINE Lithium battery

STANDARD

FILE NOS. *1 RESET CONTINUOUS Lithium battery

CONTINUOUS

SHTR SOUND *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

RETURN

DISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery

MIRROR *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

TV SCREEN ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

D/T DISPLAY *1 ON OFF Lithium battery

OFF

RETURN

SYSTEM WL REMOTE *2 Lithium battery

OFF

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

Page 36: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-33

*1 : BEEP, BRIGHTNESS, MIRROR, D/T DISPLAY, FILE NOS., and SHTR SOUND data are displayed on the Menu

screen only.

*2 : On other screens, they are displayed for 4 seconds after Power ON and Menu Exit.

D/TIME SEL is displayed only when D/T DISPLAY is OFF. WL REMOTE “OFF( )” is always displayed.

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

SYSTEM T. ZONE/DST *2 LONDON N.Y. Lithium battery

LONDON

PARIS

PARIS

· · · · · ·

CAIRO

MOSCOW

DUBAI

KARACHI

DACCA

BANGKOK

H.KONG

TOKYO

SYDNEY

SOLOMON

WELLGTN

SAMOA

HONOLU.

ANCHOR

L.A.

DENVER

CHICAGO

N.Y.

CARACAS

RIO

FERNEN.

· · · · · ·

AZORES

AZORES

D/TIME SEL *2 JAN. 1, 2001 JAN. 1, 2001 Lithium battery

12:00 AM 12:00 AM

DEC.31,2001

11:59 PM

RETURN

RETURN

Page 37: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-34

Card Play Mode (Card/VCR Modes) (MC Model Only)

*1 : BRIGHTNESS, OUTPUT CH and BEEP data are displayed on the menu screen only.

*2 : On other screens, DATA CODE is displayed only when it is turned on.

MAIN MENU ITEM SUB–MENU ITEM SETTING ITEM DEFAULT BACKUP

CARD SET UP COPY [ ] CANCEL CANCEL -----

(SINGLE DISPLAY) EXECUTE

PRINT MARK Shift to Delete All Print Marks

IMAGE ERASE CANCEL CANCEL -----

SINGLE

ALL

FORMAT CANCEL CANCEL -----

EXECUTE

RETURN

CARD SET UP PROTECT Shift to Image Protect Mode.

(INDEX DISPLAY) PRINT MARK Shift to Print Mark Mode.

RETURN

VCR SET UP REC MODE SP SP Lithium battery

LP

RETURN

DISP. SET UP BRIGHTNESS *1 Lithium battery

DISPLAY ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

D/TIME SEL *2 DATE DATE & TIME Lithium battery

TIME

DATE & TIME

RETURN

SYSTEM WL REMOTE Lithium battery

OFF

TALLY LAMP ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

BEEP *1 ON ON Lithium battery

OFF

RETURN

RETURN

Page 38: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-35

5-6 Card Mix Screen Displays

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Card mix selection screen

Mix key setting screen

Mix level setting screen

Slide show screen

Page 39: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-36

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Index screen

Image protect screen

Print mark screen

Page 40: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-37

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Copy screenCopy ( ) selection screen

Copy ( ) execute screen

Copy ( ) selection screen

Copy ( ) execute screen

Page 41: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-38

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Image delete screenImage delete selection screen

One image deletion

Deletion in progress warning

All images deletion

Page 42: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-39

MENU INDICATION NORTH AMERICA MODEL REMARKS

Format screen

Format confirmation screen

Format execution screen

Page 43: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-40

5-7 Warning Display

COPYRIGHT PROTECTED PLAYBACK IS RESTRICTED· Displayed when a copyright protected tape is played back.

COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED· Displayed when copyright data is detected during DV input. Also displayed when signals output from a TV set or vide are

disrupted ruing analog line input.

SET THE TIME ZONE, DATE AND TIME· Displayed when the power is turned on when the time zone, date and time have not been set.

REMOVE THE CASSETTE· Displayed if a cassette is loaded when a mechanical error or condensation is detected.

CHECK THE DV INPUT· Displayed when REC is pressed in a mode in which recording is possible but either DV input is not connected or, if connected

is not recognized for some reason.

CHANGE THE BATTERY PACK· Displayed when the battery is exhausted.

CONDENSATION HAS BEEN DETECTED· Displayed when condensation is detected (if cassette is loaded, this message will be followed by “REMOVE THE CASSETTE”).

THE TAPE IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION· Displayed in the VCR mode when REC is pressed in a mode in which recording is possible but the cassette is set for erase

protection.

In the Camera mode, this message is displayed when the power is turned on, when the START/STOP button is pressed and when

a cassette is loaded.

TAPE END· Displayed when a key [FF, PLAY, etc.] that forwards the tape is pressed at the tape end or in a mode that can forward the tape

during detection.

CHECK THE CASSETTE [REC MODE]· Displayed when the Audio Dubbing or the AV insert button is pressed in a section recorded in LP/ESP/ELP, or when the LP/

ESP/ELP modes are detected during audio dubbing or AV insert.

CHECK THE CASSETTE [AUDIO MODE]· Displayed when the Audio Dubbing button is pressed in a section with 16-bit or 4-ch simultaneous recording. Also displayed

when the 16-bit/4-ch simultaneous recording mode is detected during audio dubbing.

CHECK THE CASSETTE [BLANK]· Displayed when an unrecorded section is detected during audio dubbing or AV insert.

Page 44: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-41

HEADS DIRTY, USE CLEANING CASSETTE· Displayed when the head is clogged.

CARD ERROR· Displayed when recording is not possible because of a card error. (MC model only).

CARD FULL· Displayed when there is no available space on a card. (MC model only).

NAMING ERROR· Displayed when the file numbers or directory numbers have reached he maximum. (MC model only).

UNIDENTIFIABLE IMAGE· Displayed when an attempt is made to playback an image in a format that cannot be played back, a noncompatible JPEG image

or an image with damaged data. (MC model only).

PRINT MARK ERROR· Displayed when there are too many (51 or more) print marks or the mark file cannot be edited. (MC model only).

NO CARD· Displayed when there is no card in the body socket. (MC model only).

NO IMAGES· Displayed when there are no images on a card to play back. (MC model only).

THE CARAD IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION· Displayed when an attempt is made to write to a SD card (VCR mode, card record mode) that is erase protected. (MC model

only).

** When a problem occurs, these warnings are displayed for approx. 4 sec. In the center of the screen.

** The only operation possible while a warning is being displayed is to change the mode, which causes the warning to disappear.

Page 45: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-42

6. Data Backup

6-1 Main Power Supply Backup

The condensation timer is backed up only by the main power supply.

6-2 Backup by the Main Power Supply or Backup Power Supply (Button Type Lithium Primary Battery)

Items other than the menu items backed up by the main power supply or backup power supply(button type lithium primary battery).

Item Default Remarks

Digital zoom position Optical Tele

WB date(SET) - - - - -

Date/time setting(auto date) 2001.1.1 12:00AM

Menu cursor position Uppermost position

Time code - - - - -

Mix balance Center

Headphone volume Center

Speaker volume Center

Mechanical error - - - - - Reset by removing the main power supply

Page 46: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-43

6-3 Backup Conditions Using Switch Operation

6-3-1 Turning OFF the Power Supply

When the camera mode is “Program AE”.

In the Full Auto mode , turn on the camera power and then follow the procedure in 6-3-3 Setting the Full Auto mode.

* CAM* Camera mode only *CD : Card Record mode only (MC model only)

* Independent : The Card/camera mode, Camera mode and VCR mode are backed up independently.

* SD : SP/LO mode only.

Still image selection for card mix recording (card mix standby) is not backed up when the power is turned OFF.

Item Power switch OFF/VCR

Camera mode, Card record mode

Program AE modes Backup

Manual focus ON/OFF Backup

EXP lock ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

DE, DF ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

Headphone volume *CAM Backup

Selftimer ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

On-screen ON/OFF Backup

Zero set memory counter value *CAM Backup

Camera, Card recording menu item setting

Digital effect selection Backup *Independent

Fader *CAM Backup *Independent

Effect Backup *independent

Multi-screen speed Backup *Independent

Multi-screen number Backup *Independent

Card mix key selection *CAM (MC model only) Backup

Card mix level *CAM (MC model only) Backup

Shutter speed setting Backup

Digital zoom setting Backup

Hand jitter compensation ON/OFF Backup

16:9 ON/OFF *CAM Backup

White balance setting Backup

Remote control code setting Backup

TALLY lamp *CAM Backup

Record mode setting *CAM Backup

Warning buzzer ON/OFF Backup

Wind cut ON/OFF Backup

Audio mode setting *CAM *SD Backup

LCD Brightness adjustment Backup

Mirror photo setting Backup

On-screen ON/OFF Backup

Day/time display Backup

Time zone/daylight saving time setting Backup

Date/time setting Backup

Image quality *CD Backup

Number reset *CD Backup

Shutter sound *CD Backup

Page 47: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-44

6-3-2 Other Power Switch Positions

Item Power switch OFF

VCR mode

Headphone volume Backup

Speaker volume Backup

On-screen ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

Zero set memory counter value Backup

Data code display ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

Audio 12-bit output selection Reset (to stereo 1)

Mix balance setting Backup

Search selection photo search/date search Reset (to photo search)

VCR menu item setting

Digital effect selection Backup *Independent

Fader *CAM Backup Independent

Effect Backup *Independent

Multi-screen speed Backup *Independent

Multi-screen number Backup *Independent

Remote control code setting Backup

Record mode setting Backup

Data code setting Backup

Date/time select setting Backup

LCD Brightness adjustment Backup

Text display during playback ON/OFF Backup

Auto date/time display ON/OFF Backup

Bilingual setting Reset (to main + sub)

Audio dubbing input setting Backup

Wind cut ON/OFF Backup

Line in audio mode setting Backup

Warning buzzer ON/OFF Backup

Image quality (MC model only) Backup

Number reset (MC model only) Backup

Card play mode (MC model only)

On-screen ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

Data code display ON/OFF Reset (to OFF)

Card play mode menu item setting (MC model only)

Remote control code setting Backup

Record mode setting Backup

Data code setting Backup

Date/time selection Backup

LCD Brightness adjustment Backup

Text display during playback Backup

Date auto display Backup

Warning buzzer Backup

Page 48: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-45

6-3-3 Switching the Camera Mode/Switching the Program AE Mode

When the / switch is switched from (Program AE) to (Full Auto), and when the / switch is at , the various

items are backed up if switched to other program AE mode.

* CAM * Camera mode only *CD : Card Record mode only (MC model only)

* Independent:The Card/camera mode, Camera mode and VCR mode are backed up independently.

• Card mix recording of still image selection(card mix standby)is not backed up in either normal or progressive.

• Backup for timer power OFF for a 5-minute record pause and for LANC power OFF is the same as for when the power switch

is turned OFF.

Item Full Auto Switch the Program AE mode

Camera mode, Card recording mode (MC model only)

Program AE mode type Reset (to Auto) – – – – –

Autofocus ON/OFF Reset (to ON) Backup

EXP lock ON/OFF Reset (to OFF) Reset (to OFF)

DE, DF ON/OFF Reset (to OFF) Backup

Headphone volume Backup Backup

Selftimer ON/OFF Backup Backup

On-screen ON/OFF Backup Backup

Zero set memory counter value *CAM Backup Backup

Camera mode, Card recording mode (MC model only) menu item setting

Digital effect selection Backup *Independent Backup *Independent

Fader *CAM Backup *Independent Backup *Independent

Effect Backup *Independent Backup *Independent

Multi-screen speed Backup *Independent Backup *Independent

Multi-screen number Backup 'Independent Backup *Independent

Card mix selection *CAM (MC model only) Backup Backup

Card mix level *CAM (MC model only) Backup Backup

Card mix record image selection *CAM Reset Backup

(MC model only) (card mix standby)

Shutter speed Reset (to Auto) Reset (to Auto)

Digital zoom ON/OFF Backup Backup

Hand jitter compensation Reset (to ON) Backup

16:9 *CAM Reset (to OFF) Backup

White balance Reset (to Auto) Backup

Remote control code Backup Backup

Tally lamp ON/OFF *CAM Backup Backup

Record mode *CAM Backup Backup

Warning buzzer Backup Backup

Wind cut Backup Backup

Audio mode *CAM Backup Backup

LCD Brightness adjustment Backup Backup

Mirror photo setting Backup Backup

On-screen ON/OFF Backup Backup

Day/time display Backup Backup

Time zone/daylight saving time Backup Backup

Date/time setting Backup Backup

Image quality *CD (MC model only) Backup Backup

Image size *CD (MC model only) Backup Backup

Number reset *CD (MC model only) Backup Backup

Shutter sound *CD (MC model only) Backup Backup

Page 49: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-46

7. Others

7-1 Green Mode

Green Mode Default Status

• Focus --------------------------------------- Auto

• Exposure ---------------------------------- Auto

• White balance ---------------------------- Auto

• DE, DF ------------------------------------ OFF

• Hand jitter compensation --------------- ON

• Shutter ------------------------------------- Auto

• 16:9 ---------------------------------------- OFF

Other than the above, all statuses will remain the same even at the Green mode position.

Keys that are Ineffective in the Green Mode.

• Focus (Auto/Manual) button (compulsory Auto)

• Exposure (Auto/Lock) button (compulsory Auto)

• Multi-dial

• Digital effect (ON/OFF) button (compulsory OFF)

Relationship between the Program AE Mode and the Various Photo Functions

7-2 On-Screen

• On-screen can be turned on and OFF using LANC, infrared remote control or the menu.

• Text on line out will be white during on-screen (LCD panel and CVF text will be in color).

• The display defaults are ON in the Camera mode and OFF in the VCR mode.

7-3 Headphone (with Docking Unit DU-300 Connected), Speaker

• The speaker is OFF in the Camera mode.

• The speaker is ON during normal VCR mode playback and the volume can be adjusted with the Multi-dial.

• Headphone volume can be adjusted with the Multi-dial only when Headphone has been mounted.

• The speaker is turned OFF when Headphone is selected from the menu.

Item

Autofocus ON/OFF Compulsory ON

Shutter speed setting × × × × × ×

AE lock × × ×

Hand jitter compensation ON/OFF Compulsory ON

White balance setting Compulsory Auto

Wind cut ON/OFF

Digital zoom ON/OFF

16:9 ON/OFF Compulsory OFF

Digital fader ON/OFF ×

Digital effect ON/OFF ×

Multi-screen ×

Photo recording (tape recording)

Progressive photo recording

Card mix (MC model only) ×

Page 50: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-47

7-4 Battery Level display, Warning Displays and (Low-Power) Power Shutoff

Battery Level Display

• When a battery is used, the 5-step battery level display before the low power warning is displayed (100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 0%

(approx.)) will be reset when the power is turned OFF. In other words, if the voltage is restored while the power is OFF, the

battery level display will show an increase when the power is again turned ON. Once the low-power display has appeared,

however, the low-power warning will not be reset, even if the voltage is restored.

• When the AC adapter is used, there is no battery level display. If the voltage should drop drastically below the warning level

warning, however, the battery level warning will appear. Also, the battery level warning will turn OFF when the battery voltage

rises above the power-OFF warning level.

7-5 System Data Display

* The time code display is “-: -: -: -:” for unrecorded sections and when there is no tape.

* CGMS: not output to LINE OUT and CVF (panel) when copying is prohibited.

7-6 Data Code display

Data code can be used to turn displays ON and OFF independently (without regard to other on-screen text displays.)

7-7 MP Tape Capability

LP as well as ESP and ELP recording is not possible with MP tape. Even if LP, ESP or ELP is selected from menu, the SP mode will

always be set when a tape is loaded. LP playback is possible with tapes recorded in the LP mode.

7-8 Warning Buzzer

The warning buzzer will sound melodically in the following cases.

REC PAUSE (*) includes audio dubbing and AV insert REC PAUSE.

* Peep = 4KHz; beep = 2KHz; boop 1KHz

Camera mode VCR mode

Camera screen Rec search DIF input Blue background PB (special playback)

Data code (date/time) × LANC appears × LANC appears × - - - ~ - - -

Data code (camera data) × × × F - - -, etc. × F - - -, etc.

Time code Body

Audio mode (12/16 bit) 4-sec. display × DIF ×

Wide/normal Setting display × DIF ×

CGMS (warning) ~ DIF ×

SP/LP Setting display Setting display Setting display

Mode Tone color

Power on Peep

When a cassette tape whose erase protection knob is set to Save is loaded (Camera mode) Peep, peep, peep

When the EJECT cover is left open (including power off) Peep, peep

When recording starts (Camera mode) Peep

During REC PAUSE (Camera mode) Peep, peep

Photo button partially pressed OK Peep, peep

Photo REC start Peep

When condensation is detected, when a camera error occurs, and 5 sec. Beep × 5

before the REC PAUSE (*) 5-min. timer ends

When the Setting button is operated while menu selection is not possible Boop

20 sec., 15 sec., and 10 sec. before the REC PAUSE (*) 5-min. timer ends Beep, beep, beep

Seiftimer (syncs with tally blinking) Peep, peep, 1-sec. interval × 8

Peep, 0.25-sec. interval × 8

Page 51: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-48

7-9 Using Analog Line, DV Recording

(1) Set the power switch to [VCR].

The Power LED (green) will light and, if a cassette is loaded, standby status will be activated. The jack (DVAS-video, AV mini)

status will be output, and headphone jack (with Docking Unit DU-300 connected) and speaker will be output (higher priority in

headphone).

(2) Connect a cable from a recording source to the S-video jack* (video signal) and AV mini jack (audio signal), or to the AV mini jack

(video and audio signals), or to the DV jack; then turn on the recording source power supply.

If the recording source is connected to multiple jacks at the same time, the recording source is automatically selected in following

jack priority.

DV Jack> S-video Jack * > AV Jack * : (with Docking Unit DU-300 connected)

During playback (including special play), the playback image will have a higher priority.

(3) On the remote control, press [REC STANDBY].

Recording pause status will be activated. In the case of analog line input, the S-video jack and AV mini jack will switch to input.

(4) To start recording, press [ / ] of the remote controller.

Recording of the video and audio from the jack selected in item (2) will start.

([ / ] toggles the record and record pause operations.)

(5) Press [] to stop recording.

Recording will stop.

The Table below Shows the Input and Output Status for Each Mode.

* There is no signal when there is no line input.

7-10 VIdeo ID1 Detection/Output Capability

(1) S1 signal output

When 16:9 images are output from the S-video jack in the Full (Squeeze) mode compressed to 4:3, an identification signal is output

to automatically return them to 16:9 images for wide monitors with S1 capability (when tape on which is recorded system data

related to the camera 16:9 mode or aspect ratio is played back.)

• NTSC → 16:9 full mode + 4:3 letterbox mode identification signal output

(2) Video ID1 output

When 16:9 images are output from the composite video jack in the Full (Squeeze) mode compressed to 4:3, an identification signal

is output to automatically return them to 16:9 images for wide monitors with Video ID1 capability (when tape on which is recorded

system data related to the camera 16:9 mode or aspect ratio is played back.)

(3) S1 signal and video ID1 detection with line input

When video ID1 and S1 signals superimposed over video signals from the composite video jack or S-video jack are detected, the

system data related to aspect ratio is recorded.

DV input signal present No DV input signal present

LCD/CVF DV jack S/AV jack LCD/CVF DV jack S/AV jack

PlaybackPlayback screen OUT OUT Playback screen OUT OUT

(including special playback)

No tape, STOP, FF, REW DV input screen IN OUT Blue background OUT OUT

REC PAUSE/PEG DV input screen IN OUT Line input screen * IN IN

Page 52: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-49

7-11 Closed Caption Detection/Output

(1) Closed caption signal output

• When tape on which closed caption data are recorded is played back, the closed caption data is output superimposed over the

video signal.

• The caption data can be displayed on the screen if the monitor has a built-in closed caption decoder.

(2) Closed caption signal detection

• During analog or digital line input recording, the closed caption data in the input signal is detected and the closed caption data

is then recorded.

7-12 Audio Dubbing

7-12-1 Tape Usable for Audio Dubbing

Only tapes with 12-bit SP recording other than for dubbing 4-channel simultaneous recordings can be used. If an attempt is made

to use any other tape, the Stop mode will be activated.

If the LP mode, 16-bit mode, 4-ch simultaneous recordings, unrecorded or SDL (E SP / E LP mode) recordings are detected → Stop

(warning display).

7-12-2 Selecting an Audio Dubbing Signal Input Source

The audio dubbing input source is selected from the VCR menu.

Either of two items can be selected: Line (AV mini jack) or Mic. When Mic is selected, input will be from the external microphone

if one is connected; otherwise, input will be from the built-in microhone.

7-12-3 Audio Dubbing Operation

(1) In the VCR mode, position and pause the tape to be dubbed, then press the dubbing key of the remote control.

The dubbing mode will be activated (dubbing pause) and (dubbing pause) will appear on the LCD panel (CVF).

(2) Press the Pause key and input sound into the microphone.

Dubbing will start.

(3) Press the stop key to stop.

The dubbing mode will be canceled, the dubbing display will disappear and operation will stop.

• If the pause key is pressed instead of the stop key, the dubbing mode will not be canceled and status (1) (dubbing pause) will

return.

• Dubbing can also be canceled by pressing the dubbing key during dubbing pause.

• Also, if the Zero Set Memory key of the remote control is pressed at the tape position where dubbing is to be ended, operation

will automatically stop and dubbing will be canceled when that position is reached after operation (2).

Page 53: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-50

7-13 AV Insert

In the AV insert mode, the audio, video and sub-code areas are overwritten, but not the ITI (Insert and Track Information) area.

7-13-1 Tape Usable for AV Insert

Only tape recorded in the SP mode can be used for AV insert. If an attempt is made to use any other tape, the Stop mode will be

activated.

If the LP mode, an unrecorded section or SDL mode is detected, operation will also stop (warning display).

7-13-2 AV Insert Operation

(1) In the VCR mode, position and pause the tape to be used for AV insert, then press the AV Insert key of the remote control.

The AV Insert mode will be activated (AV Insert Pause) and (AV Insert Pause) will appear on the LCD panel (CVF).

(2) Press the Pause key and input the video and audio.

AV insert will start. (AV Insert) will appear on the LCD panel (CVF).

(3) Press the Stop [] key to stop.

The AV Insert mode will be canceled, the AV Insert display will disappear and operation will stop.

• If the Pause [] key is pressed instead of the Stop key, the AV Insert mode will not be canceled and status (1) (AV Insert pause)

will return.

* AV Insert can also be canceled by pressing the AV Insert key of the remote control during AV Insert Pause.

* Also, if the Zero Set Memory key of the remote control is pressed at the tape position where AV insert is to be ended, operation will

automatically stop and AV insert will be canceled when that position is reached after operation (2).

7-14 Multi-Dial

VCR operation and various settings are performed in accordance with the body mode.

Dial Rotation

Pushing the Dial

Body mode Operational function Rotating the dial upward

Using the menu Item selection The cursor moves upward

MenuLCD Brightness adjustment Brightness adjustment The LCD screen becomes brighter

Card mix level adjustment Mix level adjustment The mix level range narrows

EXP lock EXP compensation The aperture opens

Manual focus Focus adjustment Focus shifts to close-up

VCR mode : Speaker volume adjustment The volume increases

Body mode Operational function Dial push

Photo pause Program AE,AE menu open/close Program AE mode selection

(selection confirmation)

Digital effect Digital effect mode selection switch Digital effect mode is selected.

Menu Menu setting item switch An item is selected.

Page 54: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-51

7-15 LCD Panel/CVF (Color ViewFinder)

LCD panel and CVF power supply status

7-15-1 Camera Mode/Camera Recording Mode

* : Panel display is restricted (but CVF and on-screen displays are normal) in the Mirror mode. Only the following codes are displayed

in the upper left corner.

• Camera mode: only Recording . Recording pause , Inject display

• Card recording mode: No card , Card & access indicator <<<<

(The Mirror mode is temporarily canceled during record search and various menu settings.)

7-15-2 VCR Mode/Card Play Mode

7-16 Memory Card System

7-16-1 Card Recording (Card Recording of Still Images)

a. Still Recording of Camera Images

(1) Set the Power switch to Cameran, and set the Photo mode switch to or .

The Power lamp will light (red) and recording status will be activated if a card has been loaded.

(2) Frame the subject in the center of the screen from the desired angle, then partially press the [Photo] key.

“ ” will blink white, focus and AE will be locked and, when the operation of the hand jitter compensation function has been

restricted, “ ” will light green.

(3) Frame the subject and fully press the [Photo] key. “ ” will go out and the image will be recorded on the card at the instant the key

is fully pressed. During the card recording, the red access display (“>>>>”) will blink ( > → >> → >>> → >>>> → > • • •) toward

the “Card mark ”. During this time, the image being recorded will stop (freeze) on the LCP panel (or CVF) so the result can be

checked. (In the mirror photo mode, “>>>>”will blink white toward the Card mark.)

b. Card Recording of VCR Images During Playback

(1) Tape is played back using normal playback. If the [Photo] button is partially pressed during tape playback, the card data will appear

on the screen and, at the same time, Play Pause will be activated. lf the [Photo] button is now fully pressed, the still image will be

recorded on the card. The above operation can also be performed during Play Pause.

LCD panel layout LCD panel power supply CVF power supply

Stored (panel surface side of body) OFF ON

Stored (outside panel surface) ON OFF

Mirror mode aborted

Open ON OFF

Mirror photo status ON ON

LCD panel layout LCD panel power supply CVF power supply

Stored (panel surface side of body) OFF ON

Stored (outside panel surface) ON OFF

Open ON OFF

Mirror photo status ON OFF

Page 55: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-52

c. Card Recording of DV Input Images

(1) Set the Power switch to [VCR]. The Power lamp (green) will light and, if a cassette is loaded, standby status will be activated.

(2) Connect a cable from the recording source to the DV jack and turn on the source power supply.

(3) If the [Photo] button is pressed when there is no tape or the tape is in stop status, the card data will appear on the screen and, at the

same time, DV input will stop. If the [Photo] button is now fully pressed, the still image will be recorded on the card.

* When an image recorded in the 16:9 mode is recorded on a card, it will be recorded on the card in vertical format.

* Card recording of still image is not possible during analog line input (S-video jack, AV jack)

7-16-2 Copying [ ] / [ ]

Still image (Photo record) scenes recorded on tape are automatically searched and recorded sequentially on a card (VCR mode

copy [ ]). Still images recorded on a card can also be photo recorded sequentially as still images on tape (card play mode

copy [ ]).

a. Copy( )

Still image (Photo record) scenes recorded on tape are automatically searched and recorded sequentially on a card.

(1) Set the Power switch to [VCR].

(2) Use [FF] and [REW] keys to locate the desired start position on the tape. Move the current tape position forward of the still image

(Photo record) to be copied.

(3) Use the [Menun key to open the menu, select the “Card Execute” and “Card Execute” sub menu “Copy [ ]” and then press

the [Settings] key. Cancel/Execute will appear. To abort copying, select Cancel and press the [Settings] key.

To execute the copy, select “Execute” and press the [Settings] key.

(4) When Execute has been selected and set, the Copy Execute screen (tape data is displayed in the upper left corner and card data is

displayed in the lower right corner) will open and the copy operation will start.

During the copy operation, a still image search of the tape will be performed starting from the current tape position. The still

images discovered during the search are recorded as still images on the card. This operation will repeat until the end of the tape is

reached or the card becomes full. The copy operation can be halted at any time by pressing the Stop key [].

b. Copy ( )

Still image scenes recorded on card are automatically recorded in sequence as still images on tape.

(1) Set the Power switch to [Card play] mode.

(2) Use the [+] and [-] keys to display the desired image (the image where copying is to start). When copying from a card to tape,

copying will proceed sequentially from the currently displayed image to the last image.

(3) Use the [Menu] key to open the menu, select the “Card Execute menu” and press the [Settings] key.

From the “Card Execute” menu, select “Copy [ ]” and then press the [Settings] key to open the Copy Execute screen,

where “Cancel/Execute” will appear. To abort copying, select “Cancel” and press the [Settings] key.

To execute the copy, select “Execute” and press the [Settings] key.

(4) When Execute has been selected and set, the Copy Execute screen (card data is displayed in the upper left corner and tape data is

displayed in the lower right corner) will open and the copy operation will start. During the copy operation, the currently displayed

still image search will be photo copied to the tape and then the next image will be displayed. This operation will repeat sequentially

until the last image has been copied or the end of the tape has been reached. The copy operation can be halted at any time by

pressing the Stop key[].

Page 56: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-53

7-16-3 Card Mix

(1) Set the Power switch to “Movie” and set the Photo mode switch to .

The Power lamp (red) will light and, if a cassette is loaded, recording pause status will be activated.

(2) Press the [Menu] key and select “ Card Mix” from the main menu.

(3) The Card Mix sub-menu will open and the still image to be recorded on the card will appear instantaneously.

Next, the card image and camera image will be mixed. The mix type, mix level and mix images can now be checked. lf the [Menu]

key is not pressed at this time to close the menu, it will not be possible to enter card mix standby status (standby status cannot be

entered unless an image has been recorded and can be played back).

When the Card [+] and [-] keys are pressed, the card still images will appear.

When Mix Type is selected and the [Settings] key is pressed, three setting items will appear: “Card chroma key”, “Card luminance

key” and “Camera chroma key”. Select the desired mix method from among these three.

Also, when “Mix Level” is selected and the [Settings] key is pressed, the slide bar [ ] will appear for setting the mix

level. When the desired mix level has been set, press the [Settings] key to establish the setting.

(4) When the [Menu] key is pressed to close the menu, the Card Mix Standby status will be activated.

(5) When the [Start/Stop] button is pressed, card mix moving images will be recorded to the cassette tape.

When the [Photo] button is pressed, card mix still images will be recorded on the cassette tape.

* Even if the above card mix settings have been made, the image selection settings and standby status will be canceled

by the following operations; therefore, it will be necessary to make the Image settings again.

• When the Power switch has been set to another mode.

• When the Photo Mode switch has been set to Green mode.

7-16-4 Card Playback

a. Normal Playback/Slide Show

(1) Set the Power switch to [Card play] mode. The Power lamp will light (green) and, if a card has been loaded and if there are images,

the last image will be displayed. If no images have been recorded, a blue background will be displayed and the warning “No

images” will be displayed for about 4 sec.

The Card [+] and [-] keys can be used to display the previous and next images. When the [+] key is pressed at the last image, the

first image will be displayed. When the [-] key is pressed at the first image, the last image will be displayed.

(2) When the [Slide Show] button is pressed a slide show will start from the currently displayed image. Each of the image will be

displayed for approx. 5 sec. and then the next image will appear. The slide show can be canceled by again pressing the [Slide

Show] button.

The [Slide Show] key is toggled on starting and ending the slide show operation.

* The last image is the image with the largest directory number and the highest image number. The first image is the

image with the smallest directory number and the smallest image number.

b. Index Screen

Six images can be displayed on one screen, making it easy to search images.

(1) Press the [Index] key to change to the Index screen. Press again to return to

the previous playback mode.

From the Index screen, the Multi-dial is used to select images (the mark

will appear on the left side of the image).

(2) A The images on the screen can be selected sequentially by operating the Multi-

dial. If the Multi-dial is again operated after the last (or first) image on the

screen has been selected, the top (or. the last) screen will be displayed auto-

matically.

Screens showing 6 images each can be selected by operating the Card [+] and [-] keys. Only one selected image can be displayed

normally by pressing the [Index] key.

Page 57: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-54

7-16-5 Image Protecting Setting

It is possible to protect (erase protection) important images so they cannot be erased even if an attempt is made by mistake.

(1) Press the [Index] key to open the Index screen, and press the [Menu] key to open the Menu screen.

(2) From the “Card Execute” menu, select the “ Image Protect ” and press the [Settings] key to display the “Image Protect” screen

(one screen displays 6 images). The Multi-dial can be used to select images from the “Image Protect” screen in the same way as for

the Index screen described above. After the images have been selected, protection for the selected images can be toggled “ON/

OFF” by pressing the [Settings] key. The protect mark ( ) will be appended to identify the protected images.

7-16-6 Print Mark Setting

The print mark (DPOF mark) is a function that can be used to automatically select images for printing with a printer or by a lab.

(1) Select the “Card Execute” menu in the same way as in item (1) in image protection setting described above.

(2) From the “Card Execute” menu, select the “ Print Mark ” and press the [Settings] key to display the “Print Mark” screen (one

screen displays 6 images). The Multi-dial can be used to select images from the “Print Mark” screen in the same way as for the

Index screen described above After the images have been selected, the print mark for the selected images can be toggled “ON/OFF”

by pressing the [Settings] key. The protect mark ( ) will be appended to identify the protected images.

* Print marks can be appended to a maximum of 50 images. If an attempt is made to append the print mark to the 51st

image, a print mark error will occur and setting will not be possible.

7-16-7 Image Erase

The following method can be used to erase unwanted images.

There are two image erase methods. One method is used after card recording has ended. In the other method, only images selected

by using card review are erased while a card is still being used.

Image Erasure after Card Recording has Ended

(1) Set the Power switch to [Card play] mode. When the still images are displayed, press the [Menu] key to open the “Card play” menu

screenh and select the “Cart Executeh” sub-menu.

(2) On the “Card Execute” sub-menu, select “Image Erase”.

(3) When “Image Erase” is selected, “Cancel/Erase One Image/Erase All” will appear. Select the desired item and then press the

[Settings] key.

a) To abort image erase, select “Cancel” and press the [Settings] key.

b) To erase individual images after confirmation, select “Erase One Image” and then press the [Settings] key. When Erase One

Image is selected and set, the screen will change and the message “Erase This Image?” plus a “Yes” / ”No” box will appear. To

erase the displayed image, select “Yes” and then press the [Settings] key.

To erase a different image, use the Card [+] and [-] keys to display the image to be erased, select Yes and then press the [Settings]

key to execute the erasure. To end erasing, select No and then press the [Settings] key. The menu in upper hierarchy will return.

In the case of protected images, the Protect Mark ( ) will be displayed at the top center of the screen, “Yes” will be displayed

in purple and setting will be disabled. In order to erase a protected image, it is necessary to first return to the “Protect Setting

screen” described above

c) To erase all of the images, select “Erase All” and then press the [Settings] key and then press the Settings key. When Erase All

is selected and set, the screen will change and the message “Erase All Images?” plus a “Yes” / ”No” box will appear. To erase

all of the displayed images, select Yes and then press the [Settings] key. To abort erasing, select No and then press the [Settings]

key.

Even if an attempt is made to erase all images, protected images will not be erased.

Page 58: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-55

7-16-8 Format

Format is executed for new cards, when the “Card Error” warning appears, and when all of the images and files on a card are to be

erased. Use the following method to execute Format.

(1) Select the “Card Execute” menu in the same way as in item (1) in image protection setting described above.

(2) From the “Card Execute” menu, select "Format" and then press the [Settings] key.

(3) “Cancel/Execute” box will appear. To execute formatting, select “Execute” and press the [Settings] key. To cancel formatting,

select the “Cancel” key and then press the [Settings] key.

(4) When Execute has been selected and executed, the message “Format This Card?” will appear together with a “Yes/No” box. To

continue with formatting, select “Yes” and then press the [Settings] key. To cancel formatting, select “Cancel” key and press the

[Settings] key.

* Use caution because the following images and files will be erased by formatting.

• Protected images

• Previously recorded card mix sample images

• Images and files from other equipment or PC

7-16-9 Card Review

When [– / ] key is pressed on the Card recording mode, the “Card still

image check” display will appear and the mode will be changed to the Card

Still Image Check mode. For the still images read out, the “Image Protect

” or “Delete One Image” operation is available.

To cancel the mode, select “Return” with the multi-dial.

The mode will return to ordinary mode after images are deleted.

* If the card contains no image or the card is an SD memory card pro-

tected, you can not move to the Card review mode.

7-16-10 Image Setting

If the multi-dial is pressed during card (single) playback, the mode will be changed to the Image setting mode and the “Image

Setting” display will appear. For the still images read out, the “Image Protect ”, “Print Mark Setting”, or “Delete One

Image” operation is available.

Image settings can be canceled by selecting “Return” on the multi-dial.

* If the card contains no image, you can not move to the Image setting mode.

* In the case of an SE memory card protected, the mode can be changed to the Image setting mode, but the operation

menu items above are displayed in purple and disabled.

Page 59: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

1-56

7-16-11 Forward Skip for Card Playback

If you press and hold the card “+” (or “–”) button during card playback (single

playback), you can quickly go to the desired card image.

On the card counter display of “display no./total count”, the display no. will be

changed while you press and hold the button, and the image when you release

the button will be read out and displayed

* If the display no. exceeds the total count during card feeding, the

display no. will restart from 1.

* If the display no. gets smaller than “1”, the display no. will restart re-

versely from total count.

Card Related Cautions for All Modes

* Cautions

• When the red “>>>>” mark (this mark is white “ ” in the Mirror Photo mode/Memory mode and in the Line Out screen) is

blinking facing toward the Card mark (>>>>), this means that the card is being written, so never remove the card, disconnect the

battery pack or AC power cord at this time. Such actions can damage the images being recording (marking readout and

playback impossible) or even damage all of the images already recorded on the card.

• When the green “<<<<” mark is blinking facing away from the Card mark ( ), data is being read from the card, so the card

should never be removed at this time.

• Always turn the Power switch to the “OFF” position before inserting or ejecting a card.

Page 60: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

CONTENTS

1. P.C.B Functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1

2. Power Supply Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-3

2-1 Startup of Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-3

2-2 Power Fuses ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-4

2-3 Power Supply Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-5

3. Signal Processing Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-6

3-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-6

3-2 Camera, Card Signal Processing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-7

3-3 Recorder Signal Processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-9

3-4 Audio Signal Flow -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-10

4. System Control, Servo ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11

4-1 Outline of System Control, Servo ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11

4-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-12

4-3 Servo Control -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-12

4-4 Error Detection -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-13

4-4-1 Error Detecting Conditions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-13

4-4-2 Processing after Error Detection ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-13

4-5 IC Terminal Functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-14

4-5-1 CAMERA MI-COM (IC1401) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-14

4-5-2 MAIN MI-COM (IC100) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-17

4-5-3 SUB MI-COM (IC203) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-21

Page 61: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-1

1. P.C.B Functions

(1) MAIN P.C.B.

System-Control Section

• IC100 MAIN MI-COM : Servo, Video, Audio Control, System Control

• IC101 RESET : MAIN MI-COM reset

• IC200 E3V REG&RESET : E3V regulator, MODE MI-COM reset

• IC201 EEPROM : EEPROM for recorder data

• IC202 LANC INTERFACE : LANC interface

• IC203 SUB MI-COM : Power Supply Control, Clock

Camera Section

• IC1101 DIC4 : Camera digital signal processing

• IC1102 SDRAM : Memory for DIC4

• IC1104,5 AND : AND gate for control signal

• IC1106 INVERTER : Inverter amplifier for clock

• IC1301 4.0V REGULATOR : 4.0V regulator

• IC1302,3 OPE AMP : Operational amplifier for IRIS control

• IC1304 MOTOR DRIVER : AF/PZ motor drive

• IC1401 CAMERA MI-COM : AE, AWB, AF, EIS, DE control

• IC1402 RESET : CAMERA MI-COM reset

• IC1403 EEPROM : EEPROM for camera data

• IC1404 EVR (D/A CONVERTER) : (EVR)D/A converter for camera adjustment

CVF Section

• IC1501 EVR (D/A CONVERTER) : D/A converter for EVR of EVF section

• IC1502 EVF DRIVER : EVF LCD (CVF) drive

• IC1503 SWITCH : EVF display character mixing switch

Video Section

• IC2000 VRP2 : Recording/Playback head amplifier

• IC2100 VIF2 : Analog video input/output signal processing

• IC2301 VIC2 : Digital VCR signal processing LSI + SDRAM

• IC2302 AND : AND gate for control signal

• IC2600 CHARACTER GENERATOR : Character generator for LCD, EVF display

• IC2601 INVERTER : Inverter amplifier for clock

PM Section

• IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL : Power supply PWM regulator controller

• IC3202 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL : Power supply PWM regulator controller

• IC3203 4.7V REGULATOR : 4.7V regulator for video, audio, digital control

• IC3219 2.8V REGULATOR : 2.8V regulator

Card Section (MC model only)

• IC4000 FLASH : Memory for card firmware

• IC4001 V53 : Card control

• IC4002 SDRAM : Memory for SIC signal processing

• IC4003 SIC : Card video processing, Card interface

Page 62: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-2

(2) SUB P.C.B.

Servo Section

• IC300 MOTOR DRIVE : Drum, Capstan, Loading motor drive

• FL300 5.6V REGULATOR : 5.6V regulator for motor drive

• Remote control light receptor, tally lamp

Gyro Section

• IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO : Pitch direction angular velocity detection

• IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO : Yaw direction angular velocity detection

• IC1603 SW : Switch for gyro sensor output reset

• IC1605 OPE AMP : Operational amplifier for gyro sensor output signal

(3) CA P.C.B.

Camera Section

• IC1001 TIMING GENERATOR : Timing generator for CCD drive

• IC1003 CDS/AGC/AD : CCD output signal sampling, AGC, A/D converter

• IC1005 VCO PLL : Camera clock phase lock

• IC1006 INVERTER : Inverter amplifier for clock

• IC1007,8,9 AND : AND gate for clock voltage conversion

(4) CCD P.C.B.

• IC1000 CCD : CCD image sensor

(5) AUDIO P.C.B.

• IC701 OPE AMP : Operational amplifier for microphone

• IC801 AUDIO INTERFACE : Analog input/output signal processing

• IC802 A/D,D/A CONVERTER : Audio signal A/D,D/A conversion

• IC803 5.0V REGULATOR : 5.0V regulator

(6) LCD P.C.B.

• IC901 EEPROM : EEPROM for LCD data

• IC902 LCD INTERFACE : LCD signal processing, drive

• IC4201 DC/DC CONVERTER : Backlight drive

(7) CVF P.C.B.

Signal relay from MAIN P.C.B. to CVF-LCD, Backlight LED illumination

(8) MULTI P.C.B.

Connector for Docking unit (DU-300)

(9) LI P.C.B.

Backup lithium battery terminal, Power LED, START/STOP SW

(10) MMC P.C.B.

Connector for card insertion

Page 63: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-3

2. Power Supply Circuit

2-1 Startup of Power Supply

• Lithium Battery for BackupLI3V from the lithium battery is input at pin 3 of IC200, then output from pin 6 as power supply for the SUB MI-COM. This allowsthe SUB MI-COM to provide data backup and a clock function when main power supply is not connected.If the lithium battery voltage drops below 2.6V (or even when lithium battery is not mounted), IC200 outputs an “L” signal frompin 2, and when power is ON, the SUB MI-COM receives the “L” signal and sends it to the MAIN MI-COM, which providesa warning indication for the lithium battery.

• Main Power SupplyVTR UNREG from the main power supply enters pin 7 of IC200, is converted to 3V by the internal regulator, and is then output asE3V from pin 8. The signal is also replaced with LI3V by the internal switch and then output from pin 6 as power supply to theSUB MI-COM.Upon receiving VTR UNREG, IC200 outputs “L” signal from pin 4. SUB MI-COM receives this and recognizes that the mainpower supply is connected, then carries out initialization of the mechanisms after which it enters a standby status. In this condition,SUB MI-COM performs detection of switches related to startup, and outputs VTR ON “H” signal from pin 48 upon detection. Bymeans of VTR ON signal, the recorder power supply is started up and the MAIN MI-COM is also started. If camera mode has beenselected, the MAIN MI-COM receives this signal from the SUB MI-COM and outputs CAM ON “H” signal which starts up the

camera power supply.

3 7

26

25

24

21

20

48 137

8

4

6

5

43

4

15

232

DET

RESET

SW

E3V

3V

E3V or LI3V

E3V DET

VCC

VTR UNREG

EJECT SW

CN13SW0

SW1

SW2

CN14 CN1

LITHIUM BATTERY

LI3V

FROMBATTERY

MAIN SW0

TP204

FROM DMC II

VTR ON

PM SECTION

CAM ON

TP202

TP203

MAIN SW1

MAIN SW2

EJECT SW

CASSETTEIN SW

VTR ON

RESET L

LI3 DET

CAM ON

SERIAL DATAIC203SUB MI-COM.

IC100MAIN

MI-COM.IC200

E 3V REG. RESET

CN200

3VREG.

2.6VDET.

1

6

4

1

2

10 8MAIN P.C.B.

FE FPC

MMC P.C.B.

LI P.C.B.

26, 27

MAINDIAL

MAIN DIALCARD PLAYVCROFFMOVIEP.SCANCARD REC

SW0HLLLHH

SW1HHHLLL

SW2LLHHHL

CN11

15

17

25

24 3

Fig. 2-1

Page 64: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-4

2-2 Power Fuses

Power from the battery is divided into four systems by FU3201,2 on MAIN P.C.B.

(1) UNREG (VS) : FU3201

DRUM/CAPSTAN VS, 5V system power supply, Lens motor, Recorder motor driver, CVF backlight power supply

(2) UNREG (DC/DC) : FU3201

DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL IC power supply

(3) VTR UNREG : FU3202

1.7V system power supply, CCD -6.5V/15V, LCD12V, E3V, LANC, LCD backlight power supply

(4) UNREG (3V) : FU3202

2.3V system, 3V system power supply

Fig. 2-2

MAIN P.C.B.

9

1 TP3203, 4

FU3201TP3201, 2

1 2

4 3

FU3202

UNREG (VS)FROMBATTERYTERMINAL UNREG (DC/DC)

VTR UNREG

UNREG (3V)

1 2

4 3

14 BATT + +BATT − −6

Page 65: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-5

2-3 Power Supply CircuitFigure 2-3 shows the various power supply circuits.

The ON/OFF of each power supply is controlled by VTR ON output from SUB MI-COM and CAM ON output from MAIN MI-COM.

IC3201DC/DC

CONVERTERCONTROL

IC3202DC/DC

CONVERTERCONTROL

46 1 2

39

Q3202REG.PWM

CH-1

UNREG (VS)

IN OUTDVDD 4.7VHA 4.7V

DIF 2.8V

MO 5V

IC32034.7V REG.

10

21

Q3213REG.PWM

CH-1

VTR UNREG

VTR ON

Q3209, 10 (1/2)

LCD 12V

11

19

Q3212REG.PWM

CH-2

VTR UNREG

CAM ON

Q3208, 10 (2/2)

CCD 15V

13

16

Q3211, 14REG.PWM

CH-3

VTR UNREG

CCD -6.5V

50

5

1

436

Q3216Q3201, 5

Q3227

REG.PWM

CH-2

UNREG (3V)

IN OUTON

HA3.0V, DVDD 3.0V, A3.0V, CARD 3.0V, LCD 3.0V

CAM 3.0V

CAM 2.3V

AVDD 2.3V, DVDD 2.3V

IC32192.8V REG.

56

33

Q3204REG.PWM

CH-3

ON/OFF

UNREG (3V)

DVDD 1.7V, DIC 1.7V57

29

ON/OFF30

ON/OFFVTR ON

CAM ON

6

CH

2 O

N

CH

3 O

N

4 3

19

Q3203REG.PWM

CH-4

VTR UNREG

Fig.2-3

Page 66: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-6

3. Signal Processing Circuit

3-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit

Figure 2-4 shows the overall block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals.

Fig. 2-4

LENS IC1000CCD

MMC P.C.B.

AUDIO P.C.B.

CCD P.C.B. CA P.C.B.

LCD P.C.B.

MAIN P.C.B.

Card

IC1101DIC4

IC4002SDRAM

MC model only

IC2000VRP2

LCD

CVFLCD

REC/PBHEAD

IC2600CG

IC1502EVF

DRIVER

IC902LCD

DRIVER

IC2100VIF2

DV

AV

MIC

IC802A/D, D/A

IC801AIF

JACK FPC

VIDEO

AUDIO

IC4003SIC

SDRAM

VIC2

IC1102SDRAM

IC1003CDSAGCA/D

IC1001TG

IC2301

Page 67: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-7

3-2 Camera, Card Signal Processing

(1) Camera

<CCD> IC1000

• 1/4 inch • Primary color filter

• 680,000 pixels (including electronic IS area) • All pixel readout

• Single-line double-speed readout :Readout clock is set for double speed, and both odd and even parts are read out in a single

field period (progressive mode).

<CDS/AGC/AD> IC1003

Signal read out from CCD is subjected to sample hold, AGC processing, A/D conversion, and then output as a digital signal.

<DIC4> IC1101

Carries out Y/C separation, various camera signal processing (EIS, AWB, etc.), and digital effect processing. Since, at playback,

digital effect processing is applied to the playback signal, CH-2 is for input and CH-1 for output.

<SDRAM> IC1102

Field memory for signal processing, digital effect.

(2) Card (MC model only)

<SIC> IC4003

When the card function is not operated, camera signal is sent directly to VIC2.

• Video signal capture function

• Video signal switch (card mix function)

• JPEG compression/decompression

• Image enlargement/reduction

• Card interface

<SDRAM> IC4002

Image data memory used at Card write-in, readout.

<V53> IC4001

A CPU for the card circuit, which executes firmware located in the flash memory (IC4000), communicates with the MAIN MI-

COM via SIC, and conducts various card processing through control of SIC.

Fig. 2-5

IC1000CCD

IC1102SDRAM

CardIC4002SDRAM

IC4001V53

CH-1

CH-2

A DATA

B DATAIC1001DIC4

IC4003SIC

TOIC2301

VIC

IC1003CDS/AGC/AD

: ANALOG

36MHz10bit36MHz

8bit27MHz

8bit27MHz

: DIGITAL

SW

SW

TRANSACTION

MC model only

Page 68: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-8

Card Recording (CAMERA)

(1) DIC4 captures image initially for matching recorded image with image displayed on LCD.

(2) SIC stores image in SDRAM (IC4002).

(3) SIC applies JPEG compression to image, and starts writing into Card.

(4) VIC2 captures image and DIC4 releases the capture function.

(5) DIC4 starts camera signal processing, and provides movie image display.

(6) When SIC finishes write-in to Card, VIC2 releases the capture function.

Card Recording (VCR, DV input)

(1) VIC2 captures image.

(2) By way of SIC (B DATA) and DIC4 (CH-2), SIC again stores in SDRAM (IC4002) the image captured in SIC (CH-1).

(3) SIC applies JPEG compression to the image, and starts writing into Card.

(4) When SIC finishes write-in to Card, VIC2 releases the capture function.

(At playback/recording: Image from VIC2 appearing at LCD and video output is A DATA image via SIC, DIC4.)

(At DV input: Image from VIC2 appearing at LCD and video output is the image captured at (1).)

Card Playback

(1) SIC decompresses the Card file.

(2) SIC stores an image in SDRAM (IC4002).

(3) VIC2 captures an image (A DATA) and outputs it at LCD and video output.

Card Mixing

The selected image that has been decompressed at Card and stored in SDRAM (IC4002) is mixed with the camera image via the

switch in SIC.

In progressive mode : A DATA and B DATA are mixed with card image.

In interline movie mode : A DATA is mixed with card image.

Page 69: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-9

3-3 Recorder Signal Processing

< VIC2 >IC2301

• Includes an A/D converter for analog line input plus a Y/C separation filter.

• D/A output for VRP2 control is added.

• A/B DATA: input in camera mode. B DATA is output and A DATA is input at playback. (DIC4 digital effect circuit is used at

playback.)

The video data and signals input to VIC2 are subjected to digital VTR format signal processing. Audio data, subcode data and

ITI data are also created at VIC2, and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41.85 Mbps data of DV format.

• DIF : After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard, the data is output at DV terminal. At digital input, the

data enters VIC2 signal processing circuit via the opposite route.

< VRP2 >IC2000

• Recording data of 41.85 Mbps output from VIC2 is amplified at VRP2, and is recorded on magnetic tape while undergoing head

switching of CH-1, CH-2 with a switching pulse. At playback, the head output signal is amplified and sent to VIC2.

< VIF2 >IC2100

• Related parts are reduced in comparison to conventional VIF, and a sync separation function for analog line input is added. Y

and C signals sent from VIC2 are output as Y, C signals for S terminal (DU-300) and composite video.

At line input, input signals undergo level adjustment, sync signal separation and are output to VIC2.

< EVF DRIVER >IC1502

EVF driver, formerly mounted on CVF P.C.B., has been moved to MAIN P.C.B., and displays on CVF LCD an image based on R,

G, B and sync signals from VIC2.

Fig. 2-6

AV JACKS TERMINAL

CVFLCD

LCD

IC4003SIC

(ELURA20 MC)

IC1001DIC4

(ELURA10)

A DATA

B DATA

R,G,B

D/AIC2100VIF2

IC1502EVF

DRIVER

IC2301 VIC2

IC2000VRP2

DV TERMINAL

AV JACKIC802A/DD/A

VIDEOHEAD

VIDEOINTERFACE

A/D

SDRAM

REC/PBPROCESS

ECCCOMPRESSION/DEMOD.

BUS

SDRAMINTERFACE

DIFINTERFACE

AUDIO INTERFACE

Page 70: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-10

3-4 Audio Signal Flow

<MIC AMP> IC701

Processing is applied to output signal of microphone element C whereby it is mixed with L and R signals. The former nondirectional

microphone is thus changed to a stereo microphone having directivity

< AIF >IC801

Carries out switching between internal and external microphones (by means of serial data from MAIN MI-COM), plus ALC (Auto

Level Control), and amplification of each output signal.

Also, the shutter sound at card recording from the CAMERA MI-COM and the beep tone issued at ejection from the MAIN MI-

COM are added to the speaker output signal in AIF.

< A/D,D/A >IC802

Carries out analog - digital signal conversion. Sampling frequency is output from VIC2 and is Fs=32 KHz or Fs=48 KHz depend-

ing on the audio mode. Quantization bit number is 12 bits in case of 32 KHz or 16 bits in case of 48 KHz.

Fig. 2-7

IC701MIC

Q803, 4

IC801AIF

IC802A/DD/A

CAMERAMI-COM

SHUTTERBEEP 2

BEEP 1

BEEP LEV

MAIN MI-COMBEEPCONT.

IC2301VIC2

IC2000VRP2

R

LC

SPEAKERAMP

AMP

REC/PBHEAD

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

L+R+

-

R

L

R

L

R

EXT.MIC

HEADPHONE

AVJACK

SPEAKER

Page 71: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-11

4. System Control, Servo

4-1 Outline of System Control, Servo

Figure 2-8 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit, plus the flow of data. System control is mainly

performed by the MAIN MI-COM (IC100) on MAIN P.C.B.

Fig. 2-8

HEAD

M

FG/PG

DRUM

CAPSTAN

LOADING

FG

M

M

AUDIOP.C.B.

MMCP.C.B.

DMC IICA P.C.B. MAIN P.C.B. SUB P.C.B.

LCD P.C.B.

IC1001TG

IC1404EVR

IC901EEPROM

IC902LCD

DRIVER

IC1501EVR

IC1502EVF

DRIVER

IC2600CG

IC201EEPROM

IC1403EEPROM

IC1304MOTORDRIVER

IC3201DC/DC

CONVERTER

IC1401CAMERAMI-COM

DIALSW

IC100MAIN

MI-COM

IC1101DIC4

IC4003SIC

IC4001V53

IC230VIC2

IC203SUB

MI-COM

IC2100VIF2

IC801AIF

MULTIJACK

LANC JACK

DOCKING UNITDU-300

IC200VRP2

IC202LANC

I/F

Card

IC1003CDSAGCA/D

LENS

PW

M D

PW

M C

CAMERA KEY

R-KEY

EJECT SW

MAIN DIAL

IC300MOTORDRIVER

CAPSTANDRIVER

DRUMDRIVER

MODE SWC.DOWN SW

BOT/EOT SENS.DEW

REEL FG

MIC

LOADINGDRIVER

D-VS

C-VS

DFG/PG

CFG

ZOOMSW

MC model only

Page 72: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-12

4-2 Major Functions of Each Microcomputer

(1) MAIN MI-COM (IC100)

The MAIN MI-COM, as the nucleus of the system, carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through commu-

nication with CAMERA MI-COM. It also detects the input of various sensors and switches (DMCII). Following are the major

functions.

• VIC2 (Video IC) control/VIF2 (Video Interface) control/AIF (Audio Interface) control

• Control in accordance with IEEE1394

• Key input

• LANC communication

• LCD control

• OSD (On Screen Display) control

• DMCII mechanism control

(2) SUB MI-COM (IC203)

The SUB MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. Following are the major functions.

• Key input

• Remote control input

• Power ON/OFF control

• MIC (Memory In Cassette) control

(3) CAMERA MI-COM (IC1401)

Carries out lens control and camera signal processing. Following are the major functions.

• CCD drive control

• AE, AF, AWB control

• EIS (Electric Image Stabilizer) control

• Zoom key input

4-3 Servo Control

Servo control is made by the MAIN MI-COM. and VIC2 the same as heretofore. The MAIN MI-COM. controls motor ON/OFF,

turning direction, etc. and VIC2 controls the speed of revolution, phase and outputs the signal. The signal flow is such that VIC2 detects

the FG/PG, PB-RF, etc. from motor and send them to the MAIN MI-COM. The MAIN MI-COM generates the error signal and outputs

it to the VIC2 again. The VIC2 outputs the error signal (PWM), and the MAIN P.C.B. drives that signal and sends it to the motor driver

IC as a control voltage.

Page 73: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-13

4-4 Error Detection

If an anomaly has been produced in any rotation drive system (drum, capstan, reel, loading), a relevant mode enters. The LCD indicates

“Please unload the cassette” and blinks “EJECT.”

4-4-1 Error Detecting Conditions

The following table gives error detecting conditions.

4-4-2 Processing after Error Detection

The following table gives processing after error detection.

• Pop up : Error display→error eject → pop up →error clear

• Error stop : Error display→STOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED)

Kind Condition Detection

Drum error Error detecting mode Starting / steady D-FG

FG frequency when steady 900Hz

Error detecting level Starting: Beyond 80-150%.

Steady : 30% max.

Error detecting time Starting : 5sec.

Steady : 0.5sec.

Capstan error Error detecting mode Starting / steady C-FG

FG frequency when steady 1347Hz

Error detecting level Starting : 80% max.

Steady : 100Hz max.

Error detecting time Starting : 2sec.

Steady : 0.5sec.

Reel error Error detecting mode Normal / UNLOAD T, S-REEL FG

Error detection Normally : C-FG number per reel FG cycle is C-FG

2.4×1347 or more.

UNLOAD : Reel FG half cycle is 1 sec or more

(Take-up reel only for both)

Loading error Error detecting mode Mode transfer Mode SW

Error detection Mode transfer time

STANDBY-STOP : 6sec

STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec

STOP-PLAY : 3sec

Cassette in LoadingDuringloading

Loadingcompleted

During tape running

During mode

Drum error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Capstan error Pop up ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Reel error ------- ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop

Loading error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop ------- Error stop

Page 74: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-14

4-5 IC Terminal Functions

4-5-1 CAMERA MI-COM (IC1401)

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

1 VCC CAM 2.3V

2 CG STB O CG strobe output (for development/plant use)

3 I ISW O Bypass capacitor charging SW (for Gyro output) 5 0 9027 5

4,5 - O Unused

6 VCCB1 CAM 3V

7 VSSB1 GND

8 ADJ SW I (Pull up) for plant adjustment 5 0 9022 0

9 ADJ CS O CS for plant adjustment 5 0 9022 1

10 NT XPL SEL I Camera microcomputer NTSC/PAL selection 5 0 9022 2

11 TG NP SEL O TG NTSC/PAL selection (connect to /NPSEL of TG) 5 0 9022 3

12 TG SEN O TG serial communication enable signal 5 0 9022 4

13 X TG RST O TG reset signal 5 0 9022 5

14 DA LOAD O D/A load pulse (to LD of MB88347L) 5 0 9022 6

15 X AGC CS O AGC chip select 5 0 9022 7

16 VCCB1 CAM 3V

17 VSSB1 GND

18 IRIS CL O Unused

19 IRIS OP O Unused

20 X IRIS GAIN O Iris gain 5 0 9023 2

21 LED RET O Lens LED illumination 5 0 9023 3

22 X F PSV O Focus power save 5 0 9023 4

23 X Z PSV O Zoom power save 5 0 9023 5

24 F RES SW I Focus reset detection (Pull Down) 5 0 9023 6

25 Z RES SW I Zoom reset detection (Pull Down) 5 0 9023 7

26 X PC CS O For AF debugging 5 0 9024 0

27 CAM DIC RST O CAM DIC RST (to MODE) 5 0 9024 1

28 X PC ACK I/O For AF debug/WB debug 5 0 9024 2

29 X DIC4 RST O Unused 5 0 9024 3

30 EEP INI I EEPROM initialization (Pull Up) 5 0 9024 4

31 X EEP CS O EEPROM chip select (to CS)(Pull Up) 5 0 9024 5

32 X EEP WP O EEPROM write protect (to WC)(Pull Up) 5 0 9024 6

33 EEP RB I EEPROM READY/BUSY (to R/B) 5 0 9024 7

34 VCCB1 CAM 3V

35 VSSB1 GND

36 CAM CS O SUB MI-COM communication CS 5 0 9025 0

37 DIC4 RST DET I From Mode DIC4 RST OUT 5 0 9025 1

38 CAM RX O SUB MI-COM send/receive discrimination signal 5 0 9025 2

39 DIC CS O DIC CS (To DIC) 5 0 9025 3

40 FIC CS O FIC CS (To DIC) 5 0 9025 4

41 PWM CS O PWM CS (To DIC) 5 0 9025 5

42 DIC READ O DIC data read (Pull Down) 5 0 9025 6

43 FID I Field index input (From DIC) 5 0 9025 7

44 TEST1 TEST OUT1

45 TEST2 TEST OUT2

46 TEST3 TEST OUT3

Page 75: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-15

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

47 WB SET WB SET (for debug)

48 VCCB1 CAM 3V

49 - Unused

50 VSSB1 GND

51 VSS GND

52~65 - Unused

66 VCCP CAM 3V

67,8 - Unused

69 VSS GND

70,1 - Unused

72 Shutter Audio O PWM output (for shutter sound) 5 0 902B 3

73~79 - Unused

80 SCLK3 O TG/AGC/DA serial clock 5 0 902A 1

81 SDI3 I Unused

82 SDO3 O TG/AGC/DA serial data send 5 0 9029 7

83 - Unused

84 MtoC SCLK I SUB serial clock 5 0 9029 4

85 MtoC DATA I SUB serial data receive 5 0 9029 3

86 CtoM DATA O SUB serial data send 5 0 9029 2

87 - Unused

88 VCCP CAM 3V

89 VSSP GND

90,1 - Unused

92 DIC SCLK1 O DIC serial clock 5 0 9028 7

93 DtoC DATA1 I DIC serial data receive 5 0 9028 6

94 CtoD DATA1 O DIC serial data send 5 0 9028 5

95,6 - Unused

97 SCLK0 O EEPROM serial clock 5 0 9028 2

98 SDI0 I EEPROM serial data receive 5 0 9028 1

99 SDO0 O EEPROM serial data send 5 0 9028 0

100 VCC CAM 2.3V

101 VCCP CAM 3V

102 JTAG I FP (JTAG terminal)(Pull Up)

103 TDO FP (JTAG terminal)

104 TDI Pull Up (JTAG terminal)

105 TMS Pull Up (JTAG terminal)

106 TRCLK Unused

107 EVENT0 Unused

108 EVENT1 Unused

109 TCK FP (JTAG terminal)

110 TRST# Connect to reset IC output

111 VSSP GND

112 FP Pull Down (flash protect)

113 MODE2 GND

114 MODE1 GND

115 MODE0 MCU mode fixed (Pull Down)

116 FVCC CAM 2.3V (flash erase program)

117 VSS GND

118 RESET Connect to reset IC output

Page 76: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-16

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

119 GND

120 OSCVCC CAM 2.3V (=VCC)

121 XIN Main clock input

122 OSCVSS GND

123 XOUT O Main clock output

124 PLLVCC CAM 2.3V

125 PLLCAP PLL condenser connection

126 PLLVSS Connect to GND

127,8 - Unused

129 VSSB0 GND

130 VCCB0 CAM 3V

131 CAM SS TIM2 O Slow shutter timing signal (to Mode) 5 0 9021 5

132 CAM SS TIM1 O Slow shutter timing signal (to Mode) 5 0 9021 4

133~139 - Unused

140 VCCP CAM 3V

141 VSSP GND

142 SBI I System break interrupt (Pull Down)

143 X VD I VD signal (from DIC) 5 0 902C 0

144 - Unused

145 CAM REQ I M to C mode microcomputer communication request 5 0 902C 2

(Pull Down)

146 X PC REQ I/O For AF debug/WB debug (for development)

147 ADJ REQ I For plant adjustment (Pull Down)

148,9 - Unused

150 VCC CAM 2.3V

151 VSS GND

152~156 - Unused

157 VCCP CAM 3V

158 VSSP GND

159~176 - Unused

177 XCIN CAM 2.3V

178 VSSR GND (real time clock GND)

179 XCOUT O Unused

180 VCCR CAM 3V (real time clock power supply)

181 AVREF A/D reference voltage input (connect to CAM 3V)

182 AVCC A/D power supply input (connect to CAM 3V)

183 Y GYRO I Yaw direction gyro input 5 0 32DE,32DF

184 P GYRO I Pitch direction gyro input 5 0 32E0,32E1

185,6 - Connect to GND

187 I ENC I Iris encoder AD input 5 0 2DC8,2C9H

188 ZOOM KEY I Zoom key AD input 5 0 2B95

189 TM SENS I Temperature compensation AD input (Pull Down) 5 0 3136

190 - Connect to GND

191~198 - Unused

199 AVSS Connect to GND

Page 77: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-17

4-5-2 MAIN MI-COM (IC100)

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

1 VCC DVDD 2.2V

2 VIF CS O VIF chip select 7 2 D7 3

3 XECSV O VIC2 (VIC CS) chip select 7 2 D7 2

4 XECSI O VIC2 (DIF CS) chip select 7 2 D7 1

5 OPT CS O OPT chip select (for factory adjustment) 7 2 D7 0

6 VCCB BUS power supply = DVDD3V

7 VSSB BUS GND

8 MIRR O Panel OSD OFF during mirror mode 7 2 D2 7

9 BEEP LEVEL O Warning buzzer level control 7 2 D2 6

10 SIC RESET O SIC RESET 7 2 D2 5

11 SIC BBUSSEL O SIC B data bus input/output control 7 2 D2 4

12 SIC PSB O SIC power save 7 2 D2 3

13 MMC ON O MMC power ON/OFF control (fixed at ON) 7 2 D2 2

14 SIC CS O SIC chip select 7 2 D2 1

15 VCO HI O VRP VCO power save 7 2 D2 0

16 VCCB Bus power supply = DVDD3V

17 VSSB Bus GND

18 XRESET O VIC initial signal 7 2 D3 7

19 EADDR6 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 6

20 EADDR5 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 5

21 EADDR4 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 4

22 EADDR3 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 3

23 EADDR2 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 2

24 EADDR1 O Address bus (VIC2) 7 2 D3 1

25 EADDR0 O Address bus LSB (VIC2) 7 2 D3 0

26 EDATA15 I/O Data bus MSB (VIC2) 7 2 D4 7

27 EDATA14 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 6

28 EDATA13 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 5

29 EDATA12 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 4

30 EDATA11 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 3

31 EDATA10 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 2

32 EDATA9 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 1

33 EDATA8 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D4 0

34 VCCB Bus power supply = DVDD3V

35 VSSB Bus GND

36 EDATA7 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 7

37 EDATA6 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 6

38 EDATA5 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 5

39 EDATA4 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 4

40 EDATA3 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 3

41 EDATA2 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 2

42 EDATA1 I/O Data bus (VIC2) 7 2 D5 1

43 EDATA0 I/O Data bus LSB (VIC2) 7 2 D5 0

44 VIC XERD O VIC2 7 2 D6 3

45 VIC XEWR O VIC2 7 2 D6 2

46 WIDE CONT O S1 signal control output 7 2 D6 1

47 LINE IN O LINE input circuit control 7 2 D6 4

48 VCCB Bus power supply = DVDD3V

49 BCLK Check pad 7 2 D6 0

50 VSSB GND

Page 78: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-18

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

51 VSS GND

52 CAM RX DATA I Camera communication data discrimination 7 2 DD 3

53 DIC2S FI I DIC shrink FI (not used) 7 2 DD 2

54 CAM SS TMG1 I Camera still picture control 1 input 7 2 DD 1

55 CAM SS TMG2 I Camera still picture control 2 input 7 2 DD 0

56 PHOTO SW I Memory switch full pressing detection input 7 2 DE 7

57 HALF PHOTO SW I Memory switch half pressing detection input 7 2 DE 6

58 START/STOP I Trigger switch input 7 2 DE 5

59 PAE/GREEN SW I PAE mode select switch detection input 7 2 DE 4

60 PANEL OPEN SW I Panel open switch detection input 7 2 DE 3

61 PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SW I Panel BOTTOM/TOP switch detection input 7 2 DE 2

62 CASSETTE IN SW I CASSETTE IN switch detection input 7 2 DE 1

63 REC PROOF SW I Record inhibit switch detection input 7 2 DE 0

64 DIAL CW SW I Dial detection input 7 2 DF 7

65 DIAL CCW SW I Dial detection input 7 2 DF 6

66 VCCP DVDD3V

67 AIF CS O AIF2 chip select output 7 2 DB 0

68 EXT CONT O External microphone detection output 7 2 DB 1

69 VSSP GND

70 PD DA O Audio DA power save control 7 2 DB 2

71 PD AD O Audio AD power save control 7 2 DB 3

72 A MUTE O Audio mute 7 2 DB 4

73 A EMP2 O Audio emphasis setting 7 2 DB 5

74 A EMP1 O Audio emphasis setting 7 2 DB 6

75 AUD ON O Speaker/headphones power supply control 7 2 DB 7

76 BUZZER CARRIER2 O Buzzer 2 output 7 2 DA 0

77 BUZZER CARRIER1 O Buzzer 1 output 7 2 DA 1

78 RESERVE2 I V53 firmware update status detection 7 2 DA 2

79 TEST1 For factory adjustment 7 2 DA 3

80 EVF SENS O IC chip select for EVF drive 7 2 DA 6

81 LANC IN I LANC data input 7 2 DA 7

82 LANC OUT O LANC data output 7 2 D9 0

83 EVF DA LOAD O DA converter load for EVF 7 2 D9 1

84 AIF/VIF/SUB SCK I/O Serial clock (AIF/VIF/SUB MI-COM) 7 2 D9 3

85 SUB SI I Serial bus data input (SUB MI-COM) 7 2 D9 4

86 AIF/VIF/SUB SO O Serial bus data output (AIF/VIF/SUB MI-COM) 7 2 D9 5

87 PANEL IC CS O LCD interface chip select output 7 2 D9 2

88 VCCP DVDD3V

89 VSSP GND

90 PANEL EEPROM CS O LCD EEPROM chip select output 7 2 D9 6

91 MAIN EEPROM CS O EEPROM chip select output 7 2 D9 7

92 OSD/EEPROM/DA SCK O OSDC/EEPROM/LCD EEPROM/DA/EVFIC/LCDIC 7 2 D8 0

93 EEPROM SI I Serial data input (EEPROM/LCD EEPROM) 7 2 D8 1

94 OSD/EEPROM/DA SO O OSD/EEPROM/LCD EEPROM/DA/EVFIC/LCD 7 2 D8 2

Data output

95 DIC4 CONT O DIC4 control output 7 2 D8 3

96 DIC4 CS O DIC4 chip select output 7 2 D8 4

97 CAM/DIC4/SIC SCK I Serial clock input (CAMERA MI-COM/DIC4/SIC) 7 2 D8 5

98 CAM/SIC SI I Serial data input (CAMERA MI-COM/SIC) 7 2 D8 6

99 CAM/DIC4/SIC SO O Serial clock output (CAMERA MI-COM/DIC4/SIC) 7 2 D8 7

100 VCC DVDD2.2V

101 VCCP DVDD3V

Page 79: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-19

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

102 EMULATOR I 10K pull up (FP) emulator (for factory adjustment)

103 JTAG/EMULATOR/FLASH O FP (for factory adjustment)

104 JTAG/EMULATOR/FLASH I 10K pull up (for factory adjustment)

105 JTAG/EMULATOR/FLASH I 10K pull up (for factory adjustment)

106 EMULATOR O FP (emulator) (for factory adjustment)

107 EMULATOR O FP (emulator) (for factory adjustment)

108 EMULATOR O FP (emulator) (for factory adjustment)

109 JTAG/EMULATOR/FLASH I 10K pull up (for factory adjustment)

110 JTAG/EMULATOR I 10K pull down (for factory adjustment)

111 VSSP GND

112 FLASH I 10K pull down

(This terminal is open in the mask version.)

113 GND GND

114 GND GND

115 MODE 10K pull down (for factory adjustment)

116 EMULATOR/FLASH 10K pull down (for factory adjustment)

117 VSS GND

118 REST IN Reset signal input

119 VSS GND

120 OSCVCC DVDD2.3V

121 XIN I 20 MHz

122 OSCVSS GND

123 XOUT O 20 MHz

124 PLLCVCC DVDD2.3V

125 PLLCAP External capacitor for PLL is connected to this terminal

126 PLLVSS GND

127 OSDC CS O OSDC IC chip select output 7 2 D1 0

128 OSDC RESET O OSDC reset output 7 2 D1 1

129 VSSB GND

130 VCCB DVDD3V

131 - O Unused 7 2 D1 2

132 - O Unused 7 2 D1 3

133 - O Unused 7 2 D1 4

134 FCHO I Factory process mode/soft debug terminal 0 7 2 D0 0

(for factory adjustment)

135 - O Unused 7 2 D1 5

136 CAM M RST I CAMERA MI-COM reset output 7 2 D0 1

137 CAM PW ON O Camera power supply control 7 2 D1 6

138 DA CFG O DA CFG (for factory adjustment) 7 2 DA 5

139 LET CONT O S1 signal letter box output 7 2 DA 4

140 VCCP DVDD3V

141 VSSP GND

142 N.C I 7 2 E1 4

143 XINT M I VIC RP CAPTURE interrupt request input 7 2 DC 7

144 XINT D I VIC DIF interrupt request input 7 2 DC 6

145 XINT C I VIC SDRAM interrupt request input 7 2 DC 5

146 SUB REQ O Communication request input to SUB MI-COM 7 2 DC 4

147 SUB CS I Selection input from SUB MI-COM 7 2 DC 3

148 SIC REQ O Communication request to SIC 7 2 DC 2

149 RESERVE1 O V53 detects enable/disable status 7 2 DC 1

of communication with MAIN MI-COM

150 VCC DVDD2.2V

Page 80: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-20

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

151 VSS GND

152 DIC4 VD I [Interrupt] DIC4 VD input 7 2 DC 0

153 DIC XSYSRST O DIC/FIC reset output 7 2 DD 7

154 CAM CS I [Interrupt] CAMERA MI-COM chip select input 7 2 DD 6

155 CAM PHOTO I Timing signal input for photo(Unused) 7 2 DD 5

156 CAM REQ O CAMERA MI-COM communication request output 7 2 DD 4

157 VCCP DVDD3V

158 VSSP GND

159 RESERVE3 O Unused 7 2 DF 5

160 HP DET I Headphones jack detection input 7 2 DF 4

161 EXT DET I External microphone detection input 7 2 DF 3

162 S DET I S-terminal connection detection 7 2 DF 2

163 PLUG IN I AV multi-terminal insertion detection 7 2 DF 1

164 MCLKEN I Clock enable of camera system 7 2 DF 0

165 LOAD O Loading motor control (LOAD) 7 2 E0 7

166 UNLOAD O Loading motor control (UNLOAD) 7 2 E0 6

167 ID REQ I N.C. (for development investigation) 7 2 E1 3

168 LMO CONT O Loading motor control (CONT) 7 2 E0 5

169 CAP ON O Capstan motor start/stop signal output 7 2 E0 4

170 XIDACK O N.C. (for development investigation) 7 2 E1 2

171 CAP FWD O Capstan motor rotation direction signal output 7 2 E0 3

172 TAPE LED O Tape LED illuminant control 7 2 E0 2

173 N.C O 7 2 E1 1

174 DRUM ON O Drum motor start/stop signal output 7 2 E0 1

175 SELCSLP O Drum driver control 7 2 E1 0

176 REEL LED CONT O Reel sensor LED illumination power save 7 2 E0 0

177 XCIN I 32 KHz

178 VSSR GND

179 XCOUT O 32 KHz

180 VCCR Power flag is set when VCCR decreases to 0.1 V

or less once then increases back to 1.8 V.

181 AVREF DVDD3V

182 AVCC DVDD3V

183 DEWDETECT I Dew condensation detection 7 2 C0

184 KEY AD0 I Operation key detection (STOP, REW, REC, PAUSE) 7 2 C1

185 KEY AD1 I Operation key detection (PLAY, FF, DE, ON/OFF) 7 2 C2

186 KEY AD2 I Operation key detection (MENU, EXP, FOCUS) 7 2 C3

187 KEY AD3 I Operation key detection (EXECUTE) 7 2 C4

188 KEY AD4 I Operation key detection (Unused) 7 2 C5

189 S REEL FG I S-reel FG signal input 7 2 C6

190 T REEL FG I T-reel FG signal input 7 2 C7

191 TAPE TOP AD I Tape top sensor signal input 7 2 C8

192 TAPE END AD I Tape end sensor signal input 7 2 C9

193 MSW AD I Mechanism mode detection 7 2 CA

194 RAGC I VRP AGC signal detection 7 2 CB

195 WIDE DET I S1 signal voltage detection (wide signal detection) 7 2 CC

196 MMC DET I MMC detection; “L” when card present 7 2 CD

197 CARD PRO I Unused 7 2 CE

198 CAM DIC RST I CAM DIC RST (to CAMERA) 7 2 CF

199 AVSS GND

Page 81: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 2. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

2-21

4-5-3 SUB MI-COM (IC203)

PIN NAME I/O FUNCTIONREMARKS

PG BK ADDR DATA BIT

1 SUB CS O SUB MI-COM communication enable signal 7 3 FC 4

2 RMC PULSE IN I [Interrupt] input signal from remote controller 7 3 FC 3

3 SUB REQ I [Interrupt] MAIN MI-COM communication request input 7 3 FC 2

4 E3V DETECT I [Interrupt] E3V low voltage detection input 7 3 FC 1

5 N.C O 7 3 FC 0

6 LANC PW CONT O LANC power supply control output 7 3 FA 3

7 SCLK2 O SUB MI-COM serial clock output 7 3 FA 2

8 SIN2 O SUB MI-COM serial data output 7 3 FA 1

9 SOUT2 I SUB MI-COM serial data input 7 3 FA 0

10 MIC SCL O Cassette memory communication clock output terminal 7 3 FA 3

11 MIC SDA I/O Cassette memory communication data terminal 7 3 FA 2

12 CNVSS GND

13 XCIN I Sub clock input 7 3 FA 1

14 XCOUT O Sub clock output 7 3 FA 0

15 RESET I Reset signal input

16 XIN I Main clock input

17 XOUT O Main clock output

18 VSS GND

19 DC J DET I DC jack insertion detection (Detection by voltage) 7 3 F9 7

20 CAS IN I CASSETTE IN switch detection 7 3 F9 6

21 EJECT SW I EJECT switch detection 7 3 F9 5

22 LANC ON I LANC power ON detection 7 3 F9 4

23 LI3 DET I Detected power loss of lithium battery for backup 7 3 F9 3

24 MAIN SW2 I Power swich detection 7 3 F9 2

25 MAIN SW1 I Power switch detection 7 3 F9 1

26 MAIN SW0 I Power switch detection 7 3 F9 0

27 VTR PW LED O VTR mode, POWER LED control 7 3 F8 7

28 CAM PW LED O Camera mode, POWER LED control 7 3 F8 6

29 TALLY LED O Tally LED control 7 3 F8 5

30 MIC ON O Cassette memory, power supply control 7 3 F8 4

31 EVF BL ON O 7 3 F8 3

32 N.C O 7 3 F8 2

33 N.C O Charger IC, serial data 7 3 F8 1

34 REC CTL O Recording current forcible OFF control 7 3 F8 0

35 F CH I Function check (for factory adjustment) 7 3 F7

36 SERVICE M S I Main serial is not detected. (for factory adjustment) 7 3 F6

37 MIC3 I Cassette memory/ID board detection 7 3 F5

38 MIC2 I Cassette memory/ID board detection 7 3 F4

39 MIC1 I Cassette memory/ID board detection 7 3 F3

40 - I Connect to GND 7 3 F2

41 BATT INFO AD I Battery type detection 7 3 F1

42 BATT AD I Battery low voltage detection 7 3 F0

43 VCC E3V + LI3V

44 VREF E3V

45 AVSS GND

46 LCD ON O LCD ON/OFF Control 7 3 FC 7

47 LCD BL ON O LCD backlight control 7 3 FC 6

48 VTR ON O VTR power supply control 7 3 FC 5

Page 82: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

CONTENTS

1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1

1-1 List of Maintenance Tools ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1

1-2 List of Supplies ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-1

2. Settings ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2

2-1 Recorder Adjustment Setting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2

2-1-1 Setting ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-2

3. How to Use Service Remote Controller (DY9-1349-000) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-3

4. Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-4

4-1 General --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-4

4-2 Service Mode Indications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-4

5. Description of Service Modes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-5

5-1 Error Rate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-5

5-2 Mechanical Error Indications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-6

5-3 Camera Special Commands ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-7

5-4 Checking the Lens Resetting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-8

5-5 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-8

5-5-1 Voltage Range for A/D Input Key---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-8

6. Service Hints ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-9

6-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1-9

6-2 Current Consumption Check -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-9

7. Trouble Shooting -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-10

7-1 Power Supply -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1-10

7-2 Camera Picture Faulty --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11

7-3 Faulty of Playback Picture ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-11

Page 83: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-1

1. List of Maintenance Tools and Supplies

1-1 List of Maintenance Tools

1-2 List of Supplies

Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks

Alignment Tape, (Color bar master/NTSC) DY9-1321-000 Recorder electrical adjustment

Alignment Tape (tracking) DY9-1345-000 Running adjustment DMC II

Cassette Torque Gauge for DV DY9-1346-000 Running adjustment DMC II

Cleaning Tape (normal) – Commercially available DMC II

DV Cleaning Tape (hard) DY9-1359-000 Head cleaning DMC II

Driver bit for tape path adjustment DY9-2053-000 Tape path adjustment DMC II

Color bar chart DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Color Viewer 5600 K for 100V DY9-2039-100 Camera electrical adjustment (JPN)

Color Viewer 5600 K for 115V DY9-2039-115 Camera electrical adjustment (USA)

Lamp for Color Viewer 5600K DY9-2040-000 Replacement

Filter, CCA W12ø46mm DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment

Remote Commander RM-95 DY9-1349-000 Service mode, electrical adjustment

CZ/Siemens Chart DY9-1372-000 CZ adjustment *Same chart as the

covention model's.

Item Name Item Number Purpose Remarks

Logenest Lambda A-74 CY9-8102-000 Lubrication Lens

Grease GE-C9 CY9-8043-000 Lubrication Lens

Grease GE-X8 CY9-8044-000 Lubrication Lens

Hanarl KS -50 DY9-3047-000 Lubrication Cover

Sponge (W× H × T : 300mm × 200mm × 6mm) DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration isolating

/sound absorbing material

Adhesive Tape, No.354E DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape

(W× L × T : 9mm × 50m × 0.15mm, UL type)

Adhesive Tape, No. 501F DY9-3034-000 General-purpose

(W × L × T : 10mm × 50m × 0.16mm, UL type) double-side-coated adhesive tape

Sheet, Shield (W × H : 250mm × 250mm) DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material

Hanarl FL-778 DY9-3026-010 Lubrication Cover

Floil C-1Z DY9-3039-000 Lubrication Cover

Dia Bond No. 1663 DY9-3009-000 Adhesive

Tape Kapton DY9-3052-000 General-purpose adhesive tape

Page 84: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-2

2. SettingsPerform the AF/EIS/ CAMERA adjustments in a complete-product state.

2-1 Recorder Adjustment Setting

<Purpose>

Check of each section, tape path adjustment, and recorder electrical adjustment are made with the front, rear, left and right coverunits removed.

2-1-1 Setting

<Procedures>

1) Solder the jumper wires (×2), TP2001 (PB-RF) and TP2002 (SWP) on the MAIN P.C.B.2) Connect the cable of the Right Cover unit with the CN102 (R-KEY) and CN3201 (power supply).3) To turn on the power, connect the cable of the Left Cover unit with the CN200 (P-DIAL).

*Connecting the TP203 and TP204 (MAIN P.C.B.) to ground can trun on the power also.4) Operation by a LANC Remote Controller is possible by connecting the Docking Unit (DU-300) with the Multi Connector.5) The power is suppliable via the DC-400 or connecting the Constant Voltage Supplier with the TP3201/3202 (DC+) and the TP3203/

3204 (DC-).

LANC REMOTECOMMANDERRM-95

A/V JACK

RL

V

CN102

CN200

CN3201

DC-400Right Cover Unit

Battery Treminal

A/V JACK

MONITOR TV

Docking Unit(DU-300)

Right Cover Unit

Left Cover Unit

TP202(CAM PW SW)

CN1401

IC1302

IC2000 IC3201

TP204(VTR PW

SW2) TP203(VTR PW SW1)

TP2002(SWP)

TP2001(PB-RF)

TP3203(DC +)

TP3204(DC +)

TP3202(DC −)

TP3201(DC −)

FU3201FU3202MAIN P.C.B.

Fig. 3-1

Page 85: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-3

3. How to Use Service Remote Controller (DY9-1349-000)

(1) Connect the LANC terminal.

(2) To set up the service mode, turn the HOLD SW to the HOLD

position. When the HOLD SW is returned to its home po-

sition, the product is controlled using its own functions.

(3) LCD indications in the service mode:

4) PAGE is indicated while the FOCUS KEY is held down.

5) BANK is indicated.

6) MODE is indicated.

WR when the BATT mark is presented.

7) ADDR is indicated.

8) DT is indicated (hexadecimal).

(4) The following table shows the key functions available in

the service mode.

< Key Functions in Service Mode >

Fig. 3-2

1. HOLD SW 2. PAGE +

3. BANK +4. BANK -

5. ADDRESS +6. ADDRESS -

7. DATA + 8. DATA -

9. STORE

11. PAGE DISPLAY

12. EJECT

10. MODE SELECT

6

4 5 8 7* : * * : * *

No. Key name (in service mode) Function Key name (in normal state)

1 HOLD Transition to service mode by setting to the HOLD HOLD

position

2 PAGE + PAGE is incremented by one. START/STOP

3 BANK + BANK is incremented by one. EDIT SEARCH +

4 BANK - BANK is decremented by one. EDIT SEARCH -

5 ADDRESS + ADDRESS is incremented by one. FF

6 ADDRESS - ADDRESS is decremented by one. REW

7 DATA + DATA is incremented by one. PLAY

8 DATA - DATA is decremented by one. STOP

9 STORE Confirmation/writing of DATA PAUSE

10 MODE SELECT RD/WR mode selection REC REVIEW

11 PAGE DISPLAY PAGE is indicated on LED of remote controller. FOCUS

12 EJECT EJECT operation is performed. COUNTER RESET

Page 86: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-4

4. Service Modes

4-1 General

(1) The service modes are of a command input type using LANC communication.

(2) In the command-input-type service mode, operation mode transition in the main unit can be performed using the keys equipped on

it. Also, by returning the HOLD SW to the normal mode position, the operation mode transition on the main unit can be pefrormed

with the service remote controller.

(3) In the command-input-type service mode, the mechanism error, dew, insufficiency of power and other safety detecting functions

are ineffective.

(4) In the command-input-type service mode, the LCD mirror function is ineffective.

4-2 Service Mode Indications

Shown below are the on-screen indications to be given in the service modes.

1) Indicates that the service mode is set up (“SERV”).

2) Indicates which block is subjected to the command (“MAIN”, “CAM”, “SUB” microcomputer etc.).

3) Indicates a message for a special command (“DATA”, “SUB” etc.).

4) PG : Indicates the PAGE being selected (“4” to “7”).

5) BK :Indicates the BANK being selected (“0” to “7”).

6) MD :Indicates the MODE being selected (RD/WR).

7) ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS being selected in hexadecimal (**00 to **FF, 0000 to FFFF).

8) DT : Indicates the DATA being read or set in hexadecimal (00 to FF).

9) DT : Indicates the DATA being read or set in binary (********), except for some special functions.

10) ST : Indicates the STATUS in progress (“OK”,“NG”, “BUSY” etc.).

11) Indicates an absolute track number.

12) E0 : Indicates an error rate on a track traced by the CH0 (low channel) head.

13) E1 : Indicates an error rate on a track traced by the CH1 (high channel) head.

14) Indicates a version number of the MAIN microcomputer.

15) Indicates a version number of the SUB microcomputer.

16) Indicates a version number of the CAMERA microcomputer.

17) Indicates a firmware version for Card control. (MC model only)

Fig. 3-3

00::: 00000

CD

O

MAMDCA

(

( (

)((

)(

(( ( ( ( ( (

)

)

) )

)) ) ) ) ) )

P

P

G BK MD ADDR D T S

SERV

T

S T1

2 3

4 5 6 7 8

9

10

11

( )17

14

15

16

E E10 ( ) ( )12 13

Page 87: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-5

5. Description of Service Modes

5-1 Error Rate

<Generals>

(1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO + AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked.

(2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running, deterioration of tape, decreased in head output, failure

in head amplifier, improper drum shield, etc.

<How to read a VIDEO error rate>

An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO+VIDEO sector is indi-

cated in exponential representation.

Example) ‘15’ is indicated:

Error rate = 1 ×10 -5

<How to read an AUDIO error rate>

To read error rate of AUDIO track, follow the procedures in the

table below.

The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO sync

blocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits.

(FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.)

Example) ‘23’is indicated:

Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35

Important

After the adjustment, set the DT to the product setting . (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state.)

Fig. 3-4

Low ch. High ch.

EO 1 5 E1

1 × 10-5

Fig. 3-5

Low ch. High ch.

(hexadecimal)

(decimal)

AO 2 3 A1

2

(2 ×16)+ 3 = 35

3

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

ERROR RATE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make setting shown at right. 6 4 WR --1D 00 Product setting

2) Set DT to 03. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 03 Audio error rate indication

Reference) Product setting can be selected by resetting DT to 00. Thus, the Audio+Video error rate is indicated.

In the product specifications, the error rate on both chan-

nels in self -recording LP playback is as follows :

Error rate =28H or less

(Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less)

Page 88: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-6

5-2 Mechanical Error Indications

<Generals>

(1) When the camcorder is stopped upon detection of a mechanical error, the POWER LED indicator blinks and the message “EJECT

CASSETTE”appears on screen. At this step, the error condition can be checked in the service mode.

(2) A mechanical error indication is given in either one of the following two manners: indication of data held only by the main battery,

and indication of data backed up by the Lithium 3V. Referring to the table shown below, select an indication mode.

(3) Data backed up by the Lithium 3V can be reset at step 3.

<Indication of error data held only by the main battery>

<Indication of error data backed up by Lithium 3V>

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

MECH. ERROR PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 RD --01 -- Error data held only in the POWER-ON

state is indicated.

2 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 RD --02 -- Error data backed up by the EEPROM is

indicated.

3 1) Make setting shown at right. 7 2 WR --02 00

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Completion of backup data resetting

Fig. 3-6

: T A P E E N D: T A P E T O P: D R U M E R R O R: C A P S T A N E R R O R: S - R E E L E R R O R: T - R E E L E R R O R: L O A D I N G M T R E R R O R: D E W E R R O R

PG BK MD

7 2 RD

ADDR

- - 0 1

D

CD

-

T

-

S

S T

E B T L D

EBD

D

CSTL

Relevant error indicat ion is highl ighted.

Fig. 3-7

: D R U M E R R O R: C A P S T A N E R R O R: S - R E E L E R R O R: T - R E E L E R R O R: L O A D I N G M T R E R R O R: D E W E R R O R

PG BK MD

7 2 RD

ADDR

- - 0 2

D

CD

-

T

-

S

S T

T L D

D

D

CSTL

Relevant error indicat ion is highl ighted.

* *

Page 89: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-7

5-3 Camera Special Commands

<Generals>

(1) The camera special commands are available for operation check.

(2) Referring to the table shown below, make preparation, and then use any camera special commands as required.

(3) All the settings are reset when the STORE key is pressed in the “WR”mode at a relevant item.

Also, all commands are reset by turning the power off and on again.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

CAM SPECIAL COMMAND PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

Preparation 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 33 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Completion of high address "33" setting

WB SET 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3300 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK WB is set.

WB LOCK 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3301 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK WB is locked.

WB TURBO 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3302 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK WB high-speed setting mode

WB 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3303 -- WAIT

OUTDOOR 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK Outdoor white balance mode

WB INDOOR 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3304 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK Indoor white balance mode

IRIS OPEN 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3305 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK The iris is opened forcibly.

IRIS CLOSE 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3306 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK The iris is closed forcibly.

AGC MAX 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3307 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK A value of AGC gain is maximized.

AGC MIN 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3308 -- WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK A value of AGC gain is minimized.

COLOR BAR 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3309 -- WAIT Output a color bar signal for DIC output.

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

White 100% 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330A -- WAIT Output a white 100% signal for FIC output.

(DIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

White 50% 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330B -- WAIT Output a white 50% signal for DIC output.

(DIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

White, arbitrary 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330C -- WAIT

(DIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK DIC output, white

(By charging the DT of

"PG : 5, BK : 0, AD : 2822",

the brightness can be changed arbitrary.

White 100% 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330D -- WAIT Output a white 100% signal for FIC output.

(FIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

White 50% 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330E -- WAIT Output a white 50% signal for FIC output.

(FIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK

White, arbitrary 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 330F -- WAIT

(FIC) 2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ -- OK FIC output, white

(By charging the DT of

"PG : 5, BK : 0, AD : 2822",

the brightness can be changed arbitrary.

Page 90: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-8

5-4 Checking the Lens Resetting

<Generals>

(1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not.

(2) The 1st digit of binary number indication (Fig. 3-3 9 ) of data is for zoom, and the 2nd for focus resetting. Resetting is ended if 1

is indicated.

5-5 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches

<Generals>

(1) In the service mode, the terminals of the MAIN and SUB microcomputer can be checked. Thereby, it is allowed to check key-

related operations and key-microcomputer connections in the product state.

(2) The addresses of the microcomputer terminals for checking are indicated in the “Remarks” column in the I/O port table (p. 2-14 to

p. 2-21). Note that since serial communication data signals are not synchronous with the LANC communication cycle (field) in the

service mode, operations related to these signals are not indicated accurately. So, use indications for these signals just as reference

data.

(3) The following explanations are provided for the data content which seem rather complicated. For other than below, use the

addresses shown in the “Remarks” column of the I/O port table.

(4) When carrying out functional checks, select the RD mode.

5-5-1 Voltage Range for A/D Input Key

(1) On the MAIN and SUB microcomputers, the terminals shown in Fig. 3-8 are A/D input ports. Key and/or mode is detected by

means of the A/D-converted voltage.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

LENS RESET PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

PREPARATION 1) Make setting shown at right. 5 1 WR **00 31 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Completion of high address"31" setting

LENS RESET Set to status shown on right and 5 0 RD 313F -- WAIT

check the binary number

indication data.

Fig. 3-8

Pin No.MI-COM

193MAIN

MAIN

MAIN

MAIN

MAIN

MAIN

SUB

SUB

183

184

185

186

187

42

41

NAME PG

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

BK

MSW AD

DEW DET

KEY A/D 0

KEY A/D 1

KEY A/D 2

KEY A/D 3

BATT A/D

BATT. INFO A/D

ADDR

CA

C0

C1

C2

C3

C4

F1

F0

A/D DATA(00~FF)

(00~36)LOAD1

(00~33)Without battery

(34~65)--

(66~99)BP-422

(9A~FF)BP-406

(37~64)STBY

(65~87)POP UP

(88~A2)PLAY

(00~2C)STOP

(2D~67)REW

(68~A7)REC PAUSE

(A8~FF)--

(A3~BA)STOP

(BB~E3)LOAD2

(E4~FF)GAP

FF

MENU

EXECUTE

DE.ON/OFF

EXP

-- --

FOCOS

(00~12)DEW RELEASE

(16~FF)DEW DET

PLAY --

--

Voltage of main power supply

Page 91: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-9

6. Service Hints

6-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards

The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below.

6-2 Current Consumption Check

The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status.

Measurement condition : Product status, camera auto mode(AF,IS OFF), LCD ON (0.1A each smaller in case of CVF)

Preset voltage : 7.4V

* : MC model only

POWER SW MODE Current Consumption (A) POWER SW MODE Current Consumption (A)

CAMERA REC PAUSE 0.65 VTR STILL 0.50

REC 0.72 FF/REW 0.70

STOP 0.63 CUE/REV 0.61

VTR STOP 0.46 CARD REC * 0.70

PLAY 0.57 CARD PLAY * 0.47

Fig.3-9

CA P.C.B.

CVF P.C.B.CCD P.C.B.

ZOOM SW UNIT

LCD P.C.B.

R-KEY UNIT

MULTI P.C.B.MAIN P.C.B.

AUDIO P.C.B.

SUB P.C.B.

MMC P.C.B.

LITHIUM P.C.B.

Page 92: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-10

7. Trouble ShootingTo detect the failure part for repair, if any, use the following hints and check points.

7-1 Power Supply

<Hints>

When the power source is attached, the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences.

Power source inserted→ POWER UNREG is supplied to MAIN P.C.B. → SUB microcomputer is activated.→ SUB microcomputer

activates recorder power supply.→SUB microcomputer communicates with MAIN microcomputer.→MAIN microcomputer initializes

the mechanisms.→After initialization, SUB microcomputer turns OFF recorder power supply.→ Standby mode is set.

Then, the power is turned on in the following sequences.

Power mode switch operated → After received at SUB microcomputer, VTR or CAM ON “H” signal is output. → PWM driver is

activated to turn on each power supply. → Each microcomputer (SUB, MAIN, CAMERA) is started up to carry out system control.

<Check Points>

1) Key Inputs

Check the key inputs at Power Switch in the SERVICE mode.

2) Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication

If the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal, the version number of each microcomputer can be indi-

cated in the service mode. Otherwise, the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty.

3) Error in Mechanism (P. 3-6)

If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing, the error can be detected.

At this state, the power can be turned on, but the unit enters “ERROR STOP” state. In this case, check the error data in the

SERVICE mode.

4) VTR ON “H” (control signal from SUB microcomputer) Outputs

Check the output of control signal by the LANC remote controller.

5) Fuses on the POWER SUPPLY P.C.B.

Check the continuations of fuses FU 3201,3202 on MAIN P.C.B. If any fuse is faulty, replace it and check the current consump-

tion.

6) Replace the MAIN P.C.B. with a service part and check the operation.

Page 93: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACAHPTER 3. INFORMATION FOR REPAIR · SERVICE HINTS

3-11

7-2 Camera Picture Faulty

<Hints>

A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below.

CCD → CA P.C.B. → MAIN P.C.B. (DIC4 → SIC → VIC2→VIF2) → JACK P.C.B.

<Check Points>

1) Lens Resetting (P. 3-8)

If the camera picture is not displayed, check it in the service mode. If NG, check the lens.

2) Blue Back Output

In the VCR mode, the blue-back signal is generated by the VIC2 mounted on the MAIN P.C.B. Therefore, if its normal output can

be confirmed, it can be judged that the signal line subsequent to the VIC2 are normal.

3) Check of white 100% or color bar (DIC 4) output (P. 3-7)

The white 100% or color bar (DIC 4) signal is generated by the DIC4 mounted on the MAIN P.C.B. In the service mode, check

whether the white 100% or corol bar signal is generated normally or not. If its output is normal, the signal line subsequent to the

DIC4 would be normal.

4) CCD Output

The CCD output signal is sampled by the CDS/AGC/AD IC. Check this signal condition.

5) Camera Special Command (P. 3-7)

Check the operations of White Balance, AGC, IRIS, etc. in the SERVICE mode.

7-3 Faulty of Playback Picture

<Hints>

In DV format, the deterioration of picture quality appears on the screen as a block noise. This failure is occurred when the picture

information (in block unit) exceeds a limit of processing performance of error correction and the previous picture information is used

for compensation.

Normally, if an error rate is worsened considerably by the deterioration of tape quality or head output, the symptom appears.

For this reason, when you check the playback picture, check the error rate. To evaluate the error rate at an absolute value, use several

kinds of tapes.

<Check Points>

1) Deterioration of Tape Quality

Check if flaws, kinks, etc. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not, and compare it with the error rate of other unit.

2) Error Rate (P. 3-5)

Check an error rate of self-recording LP playbacked picture in the SERVICE mode.

If the result is “NG” check the following points.

3) Head Output (See the DMC II Service Manual.)

Referring to a service manual of DMC II, check the RF output level and linearity. (including a cleaning of head)

The relation between the RF envelope and the faulty symptom is as below.

· Lack of output at inlet side : abnormal sound, left part of screen has a block noise.

· Lack of output at outlet side : abnormal time code, etc., right part of screen has a block noise.

4) EQ Automatic Adjustment (P. 4-36)

Referring to the adjustment procedures, perform the EQ automatic adjustment. By this adjustment, the Playback Amplifier circuit

in theVRP2 (on the MAIN P.C.B.) and the playback RF output are matched so that the error rate is minimized automatically.

Page 94: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

CONTENTS

1. Disassembling and Reassembling ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1

1-2 Separation of Finder Unit &Rear Cover ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-2

1-3 Separation of Top Cover, Mic Cover and Zoom Key Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-3

1-4 Separation of LCD Holder Cover, Front Cover Unit and Remote Control Window Cover -------------------------------- 4-4

1-5 Separation of Left Cover Unit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-5

1-6 Separation of Right Cover Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-6

1-7 Separation of CVF Unit, Lens Ring Unit and CA P.C.B. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-7

1-8 Separation of Jack Unit, Multi P.C.B., Main P.C.B., Audio P.C.B. and Mic Unit -------------------------------------------- 4-8

1-9 Separation of Lens Unit, SUB P.C.B. and Recorder Holder -------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-9

1-10 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-10

1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-11

1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-12

1-13 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-13

1-14 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-14

1-15 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit 2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-15

1-16 Disassembly of LCD Unit 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-16

1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-17

1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit 3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-18

1-19 Disassembly of LCD Unit 4 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-19

1-20 Disassembly of CVF Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-20

1-21 Disassembly of Lens Unit 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-21

1-22 Disassembly of Lens Unit 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-22

1-23 List of Screws Used ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-23

1-24 List of Disassembly Photos -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-24

2. Adjustment Procedures ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-26

2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-26

2-2 AF Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-27

2-2-1 CZ Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-27

2-2-2 Zoom Performance Check -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-27

2-3 IS Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-28

2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-28

2-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-28

2-3-3 EEPROM Writing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-28

2-4 Camera Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-29

2-4-1 Iris Encoder Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-29

2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-29

2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-30

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-30

2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-30

2-4-6 EEPROM Writing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-30

2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-31

2-5-1 CCD Void Pixel Correction (Automatic) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-31

2-5-2 CCD Void Pixel Correction (Manual) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-32

Page 95: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

2-6 Recorder Section Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-34

2-6-1 Recorder Setting for Destination ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-34

2-6-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-34

2-6-3 C LEVEL Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-35

2-6-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-35

2-6-5 SWP Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-36

2-6-6 C. FG Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-36

2-6-7 EQ Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-36

2-6-8 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-37

2-7 Tape Path Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4-37

Page 96: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-1

START

1-2 Finder Unit

1-2 Rear Cover

1-5 Left Cover Unit 1-12 MMC P.C.B.

1-20 CVF P.C.B.

1-21 CCD P.C.B.

1-21 CCD Unit

1-7 CA P.C.B

1-8 Jack Unit

1-7 CVF Unit

1-3 Top Cover

1-3 Mic Cover

1-4 Remocon Window Cover

1-7 Lens Ring Unit

1-3 Zoom Key Unit

1-4 Front Cover Unit

1-4 LCD Holder Cover

1-6 Right Cover Unit

1-14 Battery Terminal Unit

1-15 Recorder Key Unit

1-14 LCD Unit

1-12 Main Dial Unit

1-8 Main P.C.B.

1-8 Multi P.C.B.

1-8 Audio P.C.B.

1-8 Mic Unit

1-9 Lens Unit

1-9 Recorder Holder

1-9 SUB P.C.B.

: MAIN FLOW

: SUB FLOW

: MAIN UNIT

1. Disassembling and Reassembling

Notes :

(1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one, allow it to remain folded the same as the original part.

(2) The flat cable has a contact orientation to be engaged with the connector. Refer to the instructions in the disassembly procedure

diagram and interconnection diagram for boards.

⋅ Lateral engaging connector

(The instructions are given in the disassembly procedure diagram and board interconnection diagram.)

: Contacts are positioned downward. (board side)

∗ : Contacts are positioned upward.

⋅ Lengthwise engaging connector

(The instructions are given only in the boards interconnection diagram.)

Indicated by →. Arrowheads indicate the contacts, and the shafts indicate the noncontacts.

(3) To secure screws, apply the Three Bond 1401B (CY9-8012-000)

1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart

(1) Find the replacement part on the chart, and disassemble it following the instruction on chart.

(2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures.

Page 97: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-2

1-2 Separation of Finder Unit &Rear Cover

(1) Push the Lever and detach the Finder Unit.

(2) Open the LCD Unit and Cassette Cover.

(3) Remove five screws (a × 2, b × 1, c × 1, d × 1) and detach the Rear Cover.

(4) Separate the AV cover from the Rear Cover.

< Instruction for Supply >

Finder section : Hanal FL778 (DY9-3026-000)

Shaft and spring parts: Hanal FL778 (DY9-3026-000)

Fig. 4-1

SilverPainted

M1.7

3mm

b

MetalM1.7

3.5mm

d

5.5mm

c

SilverPainted

M1.7(self tap)

3mm

a

SilverPainted

M1.7

HanalFL-778

(3)

LeverAV Cover

Cassette Cover

LCD Unit

Finder Unit

Rear Cover

Hanal FL-778(Shaft and Spring)

(3) - a

(3) - a

(3) - c(3) - b

(3) - d

(4)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)

Grease applying Position

Grease applying Position

Page 98: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-3

1-3 Separation of Top Cover, Mic Cover and Zoom Key Unit

(1) Remove two screws (b × 1, e × 1).

(2) Detach the Top Cover, Mic Cover and Mic Sheet.

(3) Remove CN1401 and two screws (f × 2), then detach the Zoom Key Unit.

Fig. 4-2

(2)

(2)

SilverPainted

M1.7

3mm

b

MetalM1.4

2mm

f

2.5mm

e

SilverPainted

M1.7

CN1401

Top Cover

Zoom Key Unit

Mic Cover

Mic Sheet

(1) - b

(1) - e

(3) - f

(3)

Page 99: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-4

1-4 Separation of LCD Holder Cover, Front Cover Unit and Remote Control Window Cover

(1) Remove two screws (g × 2), and detach the upper and lower LCD Holder Covers and Front Cover Unit. Since the magnets are

attached to the LCD Holder Covers, be careful about the polarity when reassembling.

(2) Remove the Remote Control Window Cover.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) When attaching the magnets on the LCD Holder Covers with an adhesive, face the red-painted sides (N) down.

< Instruction for Supply >

Adhesion of magnet : DIA BOND No. 1663 (DY9-3009-000)

Fig. 4-3

Note on Reassembling (1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

Bond applying Position

g

4mm

SilverPainted

M1.7(self tap)

(1) - g

Remote Control Window Cover

LCD Holder Cover

LCD Holder Cover

Front Cover Unit

Magnets(Face down the red-painted sides)

LCD Holder Covers

DIA BOND No,1663

Page 100: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-5

1-5 Separation of Left Cover Unit

(1) Detach the Hand Strap.

(2) Remove four screws (d × 1, j × 1, k × 2).

(3) Detach CN200, and with the Cassette Cover opened, remove the Left Cover Unit.

Fig. 4-4

Cassette Cover

Left Cover Unit

Hand Strap

CN200

MetalM1.7

3.5mm

d

3.5mm

j

BlackM1.7

(self tap)

4mm

k

MetalM1.7

(2) - d

(2) - k

(2) - k

(2) - j

(3)

(3)

(3)

(1)

Page 101: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-6

1-6 Separation of Right Cover Unit

(1) Rotate the LCD Unit and detach seven screws (i × 4, l × 3).

(2) Detach connectors CN102, CN1502 and CN3201, then remove the Right Cover Unit.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Secure three screws (i) in order.

(2) Be careful when wiring the FPC of CN102.

Fig. 4-5

Note on Reassembling (2)Note on Reassembling (1)

(1)

CN1502

CN102

CN102

CN3201

Right Cover Unit

LCD Unit

Rest of FPC should be inserted between the metal plate and the P.C.B., and not under the rubber part.

Screw tightening order

2.5mm

i

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.7

3mm

l

(1) - i

(1) - i

(1) - i

(1) - i

(1) - l

(1) - l

(1) - l

UL Tape(2)

(2)

(2)

No.1

No.2

No.3

Page 102: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-7

1-7 Separation of CVF Unit, Lens Ring Unit and CA P.C.B.

(1) Peel off the cushions, let the Mic Unit float above the CVF Unit, then remove two screws (h × 1, m × 1) and CN1501, and detach

the CVF Unit.

(2) Detach two screws (n × 2) and remove the Lens Ring Unit.

(3) Remove CN1402, and while detaching CN1000 and CN1001 (B to B), remove the CA P.C.B.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Be sure to attach the Cushions on the specified positions.

Fig. 4-6

Note on Reassembling (1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

2.5mm

h

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.4

4.5mm

m

BlackM1.4

1.3mm

n

Lens Ring Unit

Mic Unit

CVF Unit

Cushion

Cushion Cushion

Align with the ridge line.

Left reference

Align the corners. (adjust so that upper end of cushion falls into the space, and is not placed on the CVF plate).

Fold the surplus part toward the inside.

Align the lower end with the lower edge of metallic plate of the lens.

Cushion

CN1501

CN1001(B to B)

CN1000(B to B)

CN1402

CA P.C.B.

(1) - h

(2) - n

(2) - n

(1) - m

(3)

(3)

Page 103: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-8

1-8 Separation of Jack Unit, Multi P.C.B., Main P.C.B., Audio P.C.B. and Mic Unit

(1) Detach two screws (h × 2) and CN3302 and CN93, then detach the Jack Unit.

(2) Detach two screws (h × 1, i × 1) and CN92, then remove the Multi P.C.B.

(3) Remove three screws (h × 3) and CN304, CN1301 (B to B), CN2000 and UL tape, and detach the Main P.C.B, Audio P.C.B. and

Mic Unit together.

(4) Remove CN601 and CN3301 (B to B), and separate the Audio P.C.B. and Mic Unit from the Main P.C.B.

Fig. 4-7

(4)

(2)

(2)

Audio P.C.B.Audio P.C.B.

UL Tape

UL Tape

Mic Unit

Main P.C.B.

Main P.C.B.

Multi P.C.B.

Jack Unit

CN3302

CN3301(B to B)

CN601(B to B)

CN1301 (B to B)

CN2000 CN92

CN304

CN93

2.5mm

(3) - h

(3) - h (2) - h (1) - h

(1) - h

(3) - h

(2) - i(3)

(3)

(3)(3)

(1)

(1)

(1)

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.7

h2.5mm

i

Page 104: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-9

1-9 Separation of Lens Unit, SUB P.C.B. and Recorder Holder(1) Detach two screws (m × 2) then remove the Lens Unit and Lens Sheet.

(2) Detach two screws (h × 2) and CN300, CN301, CN302, CN303, and remove the SUB P.C.B.

(3) Detach three screws (p × 2, q × 1) and the Spring, then remove the Recorder Holder.

Note : Be sure to face downward the cassette compartment side of the DMCII mechanism unit, from which the

recorder holder has been detached. (Facing the gear at the rear of main chassis downward may result in

damage to it.)

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) When attaching the Recorder Holder, note that there should be Rubber pieces at five locations.

(2) Before using the Insulation Rubber of service parts, coat the entire surface with Hanal KS-50M (DY9-3047-000).

Fig. 4-8

Note on Reassembling (1)

(3)

(1)

Lens Unit

Recorder Holder

UL TapeUL Tape

UL TapeLens Sheet

Rubber

SpringSUB P.C.B.

SUB P.C.B.

Rubber

Rubber

Rubber

CN301

CN300

CN303

CN302

Set the side of cassette compartment downward.

2.5mm

h

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.4

4.5mm

m

MetalM1.4

3.5mm

p

MetalM1.4

3mm

q

(2) - h

(2) - h

(1) - m

(1) - m

(3) - q

(3) - p

(3) - p

(2)

(2)

(2)

Page 105: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-10

1-10 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 1(1) Open the MMC Cover, detach four screws (i × 1, r × 1, s × 2) and remove the C Cover.

(2) Remove one screw (t × 1) then detach Spring Plate, Dial Plate and Switch Knob.

(3) Remove two screws (d × 1, u × 1) and detach MMC Cover Unit. (ELURA20 MC A) or SD Cover Holder (ELURA10 A)

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Secure the screws of C Cover in order.

< Instruction for Supply >

Spring Plate : Hanal KS-50

Fig. 4-9

Grease applying Position

Note on Reassembling (1)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(1)

Spring Plate

Dial Plate

C Cover

(ELURA20 MC A)

Switch KnobMMC CoverUnit

(ELURA10 A)

SD CoverHolder

Double-side adhesive tape

No.1No.1

No.2

No.3Screw tighteningOrder

Hanal KS-50

2.8mm

t

MetalM1.4

(self tap)

MetalM1.7

3mm

s

MetalM1.7

1.8mm

r

MetalM1.7

3.5mm

d2.5mm

i

MetalM1.7

2mm

u

MetalM1.7

(3) - d

(3) - d

(1) - i

(1) - r

(1) - s

(2) - t

(3) - u

(3) - u

Page 106: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-11

1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 2(1) Remove the Hand Strap.

(2) Detach six screws (u × 2, v × 1, w × 1, h × 2) and CN14, then remove the Cassette Rear Cover.

Fig. 4-10

Cassette Rear Cover

Hand Strap

CN14

(2) - h

(2) - u

(2) - v

(2) - w

2.5mm

h

MetalM1.7

2mm

u

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.7

6mm

v

MetalM1.7

(self tap)

3.5mm

w

(2)

(2)

Page 107: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-12

1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 3(1) Detach CN11, CN13, CN15 and then MMC P.C.B.

(2) Detach one screw (h × 1) and then the Main Dial Unit.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) The speaker wiring at the rear of Main Dial Unit should be run through the A part (in Fig. 4-11) for connection.

Fig. 4-11

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

2.5mm

h

MetalM1.7

Main Dial Unit

MMC P.C.B.

CN11

CN13

CN15

A

(2) - h

Note on Reassembling (1)

Page 108: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-13

1-13 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit 4(1) Peel off the Caution Seal, remove five screws (i × 1, l × 2, r × 1, C × 1), and separate the Left Cover and Cassette Arm Unit.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Fold the FPC as shown in the figure when connecting it.

< Instruction for Supply >

Arm guide assembly in Cassette Arm Unit : FLOIL C-1Z

Fig. 4-12

Note on Reassembling (1)

Grease applying Position

Cassette Arm Unit

Left Cover

Caution Seal

Floil C-1Z

Cassette Arm Guide

MetalM1.7

1.8mm

r2.5mm

i

MetalM1.7

MetalM1.7

3mm

l

MetalM1.7

3mm

C

(1) - i

(1) - l

(1) - l

(1) - r

(1) - C

(1)

(1)

Page 109: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-14

1-14 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit 1

(1) Remove two screws (x × 2) and detach the LCD Unit.

(2) Remove two screws (l × 2) and detach the Battery Terminal Unit.

(3) Remove one screw (y × 1) and detach the Tripod Plate.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Set the distance between the shadowed part of LCD-MAIN FPC and the step part of the Right Cover at 1mm as in the figure. Then

secure them with the UL tape.

Fig. 4-13

(3)

(2)

(1)

Tripod Plate

UL Tape

Rear side of right cover

Battery Terminal Unit

LCD Unit

Right Cover

MetalM1.7

3mm

l

MetalM2.0

4.5mm

x

4.5mm

y

MetalM1.7

(self tap)

(2) - l

(1) - x

(3) - y(1) - x

LCD-MAINFPC

1mm

Note on Reassembling (1)

Page 110: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-15

1-15 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit 2

(1) Separate the Recorder Key Unit from the Right Cover.

Note : The Recorder Unit is held in place by double-side adhesive tape. So, push it through the hole in the rear of

Right Cover by a thin stick so it is raised, and then pulled slowly to separate it.

Also, be careful not to damage the FPC when pulling it through the hole in Right Cover.

Fig. 4-14

CAUTION

(1) Recorder Key Unit

Right Cover

Hole

Page 111: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-16

1-16 Disassembly of LCD Unit 1

(1) Remove five screws (e × 5) then detach the LCD Top Cover while being careful with the Claw A.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) LCD Top Cover should be assembled after inserting the Claw A.

Fig. 4-15

(1)

e

SilverPainted

M1.7

2.5mm

Claw A

LCD Top Cover

(1) - e

(1) - e

(1) - e

Note on Reassembling (1)

Page 112: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-17

1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit 2

(2) Remove CN901, CN902, CN903, unsolder at two places (B), and remove two screws (h × 2) to detach the LCD P.C.B., LCD

Shield the Back Light Unit and LCD Panel.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Cover the element on the LCD P.C.B. with UL tape. Note, however, that UL tape should be attached so taht it will not protrube

from the LCD P.C.B.

(2) Mount the LCD P.C.B., LCD Shield and the Backlight Unit as in the Fig.4-16.

Fig. 4-16

Note on Reassembling (2)

Note on Reassembling (1)

(1)

(1)

(1) - h

(1) - h

UL Tape

Be sure to cover this element without fail.

Attach UL tape so that it will not protrudebeyond the side edge of the PCB.

LCD P.C.B.

LCD Shield

BackLight Unit

1 : Pass the Back Light Wire through the hole in LCD P.C.B.

2 : Bend the Back Light wire, solder it,and fold the LCDshield through 180 along the edge of the LCD P.C.B.

Before passing the wire through the hole, fit the protrusion at the perforations in the LCD P.C.B. unit into the hole of the Back Light Unit.

Bending direction

Solder here.

Bending direction

LCD Panel

CN901CN902

CN903

IC902

T4201

CN901 CN902 CN903

IC902

T4201

CN901 CN902

CN903

(1) - B

(1) - B

h

MetalM1.7

2.5mm

LCDShield

Page 113: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-18

1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit 3

(1) Remove one screw (j × 1) to detach the LCD Lock Switch.

(2) Separate one screw (h × 1), LCD Hinge Unit and LCD SW FPC.

(3) Remove two screws (D × 2), peel off the Magnet sheet and detach the Hinge Covers L,R.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) The magnet has polarities.

Fig. 4-17

Note on Reassembling (1)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(1)LCD Lock Switch

Hinge Cover R

Hinge Cover R

LCD Hinge Unit

Magnet Sheet

Hinge Cover L

Hinge Cover L

The side with red paint (N) should face upward.

LCD SW FPC

Magnet

2.5mm

(2) - h

(1) - j

(3) - D

h

MetalM1.7

3.5mm

j

BlackM1.7

(self tap)

4mm

D

BlackM1.7

(self tap)

Page 114: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-19

1-19 Disassembly of LCD Unit 4

(1) Remove the LCD FPC sheet and the LCD FPC from the Hinge unit.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Before using the LCD FPC of service part, cut the part of it as indicated in the figure.

Then, align the positions “1” with “2”, “3” with “4” respectively, and then fix them with the Kapton tape (DY9-3052-000) so that

it covers the LCD FPC.

(2) After wiring the LCD FPC around the Hinge Unit, be sure to wrap it with the LCD FPC Sheet before assembling.

< Instruction for Supply >

LCD FPC, LCD FPC Sheet : Hanal FL778

Kapton Tape : Tape, Kapton DY9-3052-000

Fig. 4-18

LCD Hinge Unit

LCD FPC

LCD FPCSheet

HanalFL778

LCD FPC

Align outside, andattach tape securely.

Align outside, andattach tape securely.

Kapton Tape

Kapton Tape

Note on Reassembling (1)

1

2

3

4

1~2mm

1~2mm

15mm

9mm

15mm

9mm(1)

(1)

Grease applying Position

KaptonTape

Page 115: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-20

1-20 Disassembly of CVF Unit

(1) Detach two screws (z × 1, A × 1), CN4102 and the Rubber, then remove the CVF Plate, CVF P.C.B. and the Cushion.

(2) Unsolder part B and remove the Back Light Unit.

(3) Detach the LCD Stopper, CVF Panel and Mask.

Note : Detach the LCD Stopper while being careful about the four claws.

(4) Remove the Clamp Washer, Finder Lever and Spring.

Fig. 4-19

(4)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(1)(1)

(1)Rubber

Back Light Unit

Spring

Clamp WasherFinder Lever

Cushion

Mask

Claws

CVF Panel

LCD Stopper

Back Light Unit

UL Tape

CVF P.C.B.

CVF Plate

(2)-B (Solder here)

CVF P.C.B.

CN4102

(1) - z

(1) - A

3.5mm

A

MetalM1.7

(self tap)

3mm

z

BlackM1.7

(self tap)

Claws

CAUTION

Page 116: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-21

1-21 Disassembly of Lens Unit 1

(1) Detach the Lens Rubber Ring.

(2) Remove two screws (o × 2), CCD Unit, CCD P.C.B., CCD Graphite, CCD Rubber and IR Filter.

< Note on Reassembling >

(1) Align the CCD Graphite with the edges of CCD P.C.B. and squeeze in so that it contacts the legs of CCD.

(2) Be sure to attach the washer between the CCD P.C.B. and the CCD Unit.

Fig. 4-20

(2)

(1)

Lens Rubber Ring

CCD Unit

CCD P.C.B.

CCD Rubber

CCD Graphite

IR FilterLens Unit

CCD Graphite

CCD P.C.B.

Align with edgesof CA P.C.B.

Bring incontact withlegs of CCD.

Evaporated surface (side that appears reddish when exposed to light)

CCD

LENS

Metal Washer

Poly Washer

(2) - o

6mm

o

BlackM1.7

(self tap)

IR FilterNote on Reassembling (1)

Page 117: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-22

1-22 Disassembly of Lens Unit 2

(3) Remove five screws (B × 5), IG meter, and AF/PZ Motor. (Unsolder parts to be replaced (α).)

< Instruction for Supply >

AF/PZ motor shaft: LOGENEST LAMBDA A-74 (CY9-8102-000)

Fig. 4-21

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Grease applying Position

IG Meter

AF Motor

PZ Motor

Lens Unit

(1)-α(1)-α

4mm

B

MetalM1.7

(self tap)

(1) - B

(1) - B

(1) - B

(1) - B

(1) - BLogenest Lambda A-74

Page 118: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-23

1-23 List of Screws Used

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

DA2-1455-000

DA2-1017-000

DA2-1018-000

XA1-7170-357

DA2-1015-000

XA1-7140-207

DA2-1016-000

XA1-7170-257

XA9-1001-000

XA4-9170-359

XA1-7170-407

XA1-7170-307

XA9-1244-000

CB1-8698-000

XA4-9170-609

(Coated with XA1-7170-307)M1.7-3.0mm

(Coated with XA9-1002-000)M1.7-3.0mm

(Coated with XA4-5170-557)Self TapM1.7-5.5mm

M1.7-3.5mm (METAL)

(Coated with XA9-1001-000)M1.7-2.5mm

M1.4-2.0mm (METAL)

(Coated with XA4-9170-407)Self TapM1.7-4.0mm

M1.7-2.5mm (METAL)

M1.7-2.5mm (thin head)(METAL)

Self TapM1.7-3.5mm (BLACK)

M1.7-4.0mm (METAL)

M1.7-3.0mm (METAL)

Stepped ScrewM1.4-4.5mm (BLACK)

M1.4-1.3mm (BLACK)

Self TapM1.7-6.0mm (BLACK)

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

y

z

A

B

C

D

XA9-1167-000

XA9-1260-000

XA9-1000-000

XA9-1002-000

XA4-9140-287

XA1-7170-207

XA1-7170-607

XA9-1004-000

XA1-7200-457

XA4-9170-457

XA4-9170-309

XA4-9170-357

XA4-9170-407

XA9-1274-000

XA4-9170-409

Stepped ScrewM1.4-3.5mm (METAL)

Stepped ScrewM1.4-3.0mm (METAL)

M1.7-1.8mm (thin head) (METAL)

M1.7-3.0mm (thin head) (METAL)

Self TapM1.4-2.8mm (METAL)

M1.7-2.0mm (METAL)

M1.7-6.0mm (METAL)

Self TapM1.7-3.5mm (thin head)(METAL)

M2.0-4.5mm (METAL)

Self TapM1.7-4.5mm (METAL)

Self TapM1.7-3.0mm (BLACK)

Self TapM1.7-3.5mm (METAL)

Self TapM1.7-4.0mm (METAL)

M1.7-3.0mm (METAL)

Self TapM1.7-4.0mm (BLACK)

PARTS NO. REMARKS ILLUSTS

YM

BO

LREMARKS REMARKS ILLUST

SY

MB

OL

3mm

2.8mm

3.5mm

2mm

2.5mm

4mm

2.5mm

3.5mm

4mm

3mm

4.5mm

1.3mm

3mm

1.8mm

2mm

6mm

3mm

4.5mm

4.5mm

3.5mm

3mm

3.5mm

3mm

4mm

4mm

3mm

5.5mm

6mm

2.5mm3.5mm

Page 119: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-24

1-24 List of Disassembly Photos

Right Cover Unit

Left Cover FPC

Left Side

Left Cover Unit

Separation of Top Cover

Camera Unit

Page 120: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-25

MMC P.C.B.

Finder Unit

Camera / Recorder Unit

MAIN P.C.B. / AUDIO P.C.B.

Page 121: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-26

2. Adjustment Procedures

2-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement

After replacement of major parts, carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below. Note that the following table shows mini-

mum required adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. In case that two or more parts have been replaced or any

faulty condition has occurred, take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly.

: Adjustment required

Camera system

Part name

No. Adjustment itemLens

SUBPCB

CCDMAINPCB

Adjustment setting

2-2 AF section

2-2-1 CZ Adjustment Product condition

2-2-2 Zoom Performance Check Product condition

2-3 IS section

2-3-1 Gyro Offset Auto Adjustment Product condition

2-3-2 Gyro Gain Adjustment Product condition

2-3-3 EEPROM Writing Product condition

2-4 Camera section

2-4-1 Iris Encoder Adjustment Product condition

2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) Product condition

2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment Product condition

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) Product condition

2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) Product condition

2-4-6 EEPROM Writing Product condition

2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation Product condition

Recorder system

Part name

No. Adjustment item MAINPCB

DMCII

Adjustment setting

2-6 Recorder section

2-6-1 Recorder Setting for Destination Product condition

2-6-2, 2-6-3 Y LEVEL / C LEVEL Adjustment Product condition

2-6-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment Product condition

2-6-5 SWP Adjustment Product condition

2-6-6 C. FG Adjustment Product condition

2-6-7 EQ Adjustment Product condition

2-6-8 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment Product condition

DMC II

2-7 Tape Path Adjustment Tape path adjustment setting

Page 122: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-27

2-2 AF Section Adjustment

Preparation)

1) For CZ adjustment/zoom performance check, set the product condition.2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)

Program AE : Auto ModeZOOM : Telephoto-endCZ adjustment chart : 2.4 ± 0.02 m from lens frontChart luminance : 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.)

2-2-1 CZ Adjustment

CHART CZ adjustment chart

SPEC. Automatic adjustment : At STEP 3, DT : AA should be attained and the specified zoom performance shall be satisfied.

Procedure)

(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV.(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out CZ adjustment in the service mode.(3) Turn power OFF and then ON, and check the zoom performance.

2-2-2 Zoom Performance Check

CHART CZ adjustment chart

SPEC. “DT at address 30D2=”01" in steps (3),(4) below

Difference between “DTs at address 30D3” in steps (3),(4) below is within “±4 Hex”.

Procedure)

(1) In the telephoto-end setting, bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV, and set AF OFF.(2) Perform slow-speed zooming from the telephoto position to the wide-angle position. Make sure that defocusing does not occur.(3) At the wide-angle setting, read out data at the focus position according to the table below.(4) Turn AF ON, and read out data at the focus position as in (3) above.(5) Check whether or not the data read out in (3) and (4) satisfies the specification.(6) Turn power OFF and then ON. Carry out zooming several times reciprocally for a distant object and check that defocusing does

not occur. (AF ON)

(7) If the results of check at steps (2), (5) and (6) are OK, the adjustment is completed. If the results are NG, carry out CZ adjustment again.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operationCZ PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 1 WR **00 31 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "31'" is set up.

2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 0 WR 313A 90 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Date setting for adjustment is completed.

3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 31 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "31'" is set up.

4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3100 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 01~08 BUSY Automatic adjustment is started. Then, it is

completed in 30 seconds approximately.If any NG condition is encountered in automaticadjustment, check the parts inside the lens

5 Judgment on result of adjustment 5 2 RD 3100 AA OK Adjustment is completed (result is OK).Carry out the zoom performance check.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ FF NG Adjustment is completed (result is NG).Take the procedure again from the beginning.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation ZOOM CHECK PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 1 WR **00 30 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "30" is set up.

2 1) Read out data in the setting 5 0 RD 30D2 "--" WAIT Data at address 30D2 is indicated. shown at right. ↑ ↑ ↑ 30D3 "--" ↑ Data at address 30D3 is indicated.

Page 123: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-28

2-3 IS Section Adjustment

Note)

1) Carry out the adjustment on a tripod or a vibration-free bench.

Preparation)

1) Carry out IS adjustment in a product status.

<Preparation for IS adjustment>

2-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment

SPEC. Automatic adjusutment

Procedure)

(1) Wait at least 10 seconds while being careful not to apply vibration to the camera.(2) Referring to the table shown below, perform the automatic adjustment.

2-3-2 GYRO GAIN Adjustment

SPEC. Date Writing

Procedure)

(1) Reset the data to be the original, referring to the table shown below.

2-3-3 EEPROM Writing

SPEC. Automatic writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, write the adjustment data (from 2-3-1 through 2) into EEPROM.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

IS ADJ MODE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 32 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD **00 ↑ OK High address "32" is set up.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

GYRO OFFSET PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3206 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

GYRO GAIN PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 Gyro YAW gain adjustment

1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3200 66 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

2 Gyro PITCH gain adjustment

2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3201 6F WAIT

2) Press the STORE key ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

EEPROM WRITING PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3208 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.

Page 124: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-29

2-4 Camera Section Adjustment

Notes)

1) Each adjustment data (2-4-1 to 2-4-5) becomes effective after it is written into the EEPROM as mentioned in 2-4-6. If power must

be turned OFF/ON during each adjustment, be sure to perform the EEPROM write procedure as mentioned in 2-4-6.

2) The adjustments from 2-4-2 through 2-4-5 must be carried out in series.

Preparation)

1) For camera section adjustment, take the product condition.

2) Adjustment condition (initial condition)

Program AE : Auto Mode

AF : OFF

Image stabilizer : OFF

Chart : Standard angle of view

<Preparation for camera adjustment>

(1) Referring to the table shown below, set the high address for camera adjustment mode.

2-4-1 Iris Encoder Adjustment

CHART Light box (5600°K)

SPEC. Automatic adjustment.

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, adjust the Iris Encoder.

2-4-2 WB Adjustment (1)

CHART Light box (5600°K)

SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (1).

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

CAM ADJ MODE PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 30 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "30" is set up.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

IRIS ENC. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3000 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

WB (1) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3002 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

Page 125: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-30

2-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment

CHART Lightbox (5600°K), and color bar chart (white area at the left side)M.EQ. VectorscopeTP/TRIG. VIDEO OUTSPEC. R : × 2.0(ratio to burst)104°, Ye : × 1.4 (ratio to burst) 168°

Procedure)

(1) For manual adjustment of color balance, change data at the following four addresses while observing a vectorscope.

2-4-4 WB Adjustment (2)

CHART Light box (5600°K), and CCA12 filterSPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (2).

2-4-5 WB Adjustment (3)

CHART Light box (5600°K)SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out WB adjustment (3).

2-4-6 EEPROM Writing

SPEC. Automatic writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, write adjustment data (from 2-4-1 to 2-4-5) into the EEPROM.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation CB PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

R-Y GAIN 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust 5 2 WR 3007 "ADJ" WAIT Adjustment is in progress. relevant data.2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.

B-Y GAIN 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust 5 2 WR 3008 "ADJ" WAIT Adjustment is in progress. relevant data.2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.

R-Y MAT 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust 5 2 WR 3009 "ADJ" WAIT Adjustment is in progress. relevant data.2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.

B-Y MAT 1) In the setting shown at right, adjust 5 2 WR 300A "ADJ" WAIT Adjustment is in progress. relevant data.2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ADJ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation WB (2) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3004 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation WB (3) PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3005 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ WR ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation EEPROM WRITING PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 3006 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.

Page 126: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-31

2-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation

Notes)

1) Perform this adjustment only if a void pixel is found on the CCD.

2) Before starting this adjustment, turn power on for more than 15 minutes.

3) The automatic mode (2-5-1) and the manual mode (2-5-2) are available for this adjustment.

In the automatic adjustment mode, “NG” is recognized if there are more than two void pixels on the center area of the screen or

more than eight void pixels on the entire screen. (If NG is recognized, the automatic adjustment is not performed.)

In the manual adjustment mode, it is allowed to correct up to eight void pixels on the entire screen.

In this mode, an arbitrary point may be selected for correction.

2-5-1 CCD Void Pixel Correction (Automatic)

Preparation)

1) Carry out this correction in the product state.

2) Adjustment Conditions

Program AE : AUTO

AF : OFF

Image stabilizer : OFF

Demo mode : OFF

Procedure)

(1) Perform the CCD void pixel correction (automatic mode) according to the table shown below.

* If the DT is “FF” , it is “NG” even through the ST is “OK”.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

CCD PIXEL MISSING COMP. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 High address setting

1-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 30 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "30" is set up.

2 CCD void pixel correction

2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 300E 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ BUSY Adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ −− OK Adjustment is completed. *

3 EEPROM writing

3-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR 300F 00 WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.

Page 127: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-32

2-5-2 CCD Void Pixel Correction (Manual)

Note)

1) Use the full scan monitor for this adjustment.

Preparation)

1) Take the product condition for this adjustment.

2) Adjustment conditions

Program AE : LOW LIGHT

AF : OFF

Image stabilizer : OFF

Electronic zoom : OFF

M.EQ. Monitor TV

Procedure)

(1) Before switching to the service mode, press the data screen key on the LANC remote controller to turn OFF the data screen.

(2) Select the service mode, and then set up the CCD void pixel correction adjustment mode (manual) following the table given below.

(3) Press the data screen key on the LANC remote controller to turn OFF the data screen.

(4) Move an unused marker (arranged at left of screen) to the position where a pixel is missing. The movement is done by changing

the data at the address corresponding to each marker.

The addresses corresponding to the markers are shown in Fig.4-23

Notes)

1) The odd-numbered marker is for odd-numbered lines (ODD) and the even-numbered marker is for even-numbered lines (EVEN).

If the marker cannot be aligned with a pixel void position, use the marker for a different line.

A(Normal field of view)

B

EC

DF

G

Area DT Angle of section

A 00 No shift (normal angle)

B 01 Sectioning at top center

C 02 Sectioning at bottom center

D 03 Sectioning at top right

E 04 Sectioning at bottom right

F 05 Sectioning at top left

G 06 Sectioning at bottom left

ElectronicVibration-proofPixel area

CCD*Angle of CCD for selection

Fig. 4-22

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

CCD PIXEL MISSING COMP. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR **00 FF WAIT

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK High address "FF" is set up.

2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 RD FF00 00 WAIT Entering the CCD pixel missing compensation

mode is complete. (AGC MAX., Iris close)

3 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 3 WR FFFF 06 WAIT See table below for angle of CCD.

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK for selection.

(Unused marker is appeared at view angle of

"Area"G.)

Page 128: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-33

2) As shown in the Fig.4-22, the pixel missing compensation over entire CCD area cannot be performed on a single screen due to the

electronic vibration- proof area. Therefore, before the adjustment, change the data of the STEP 3 to select the area for compensa-

tion.

If the marker is not appeared at this time, choose the area where the marker appears, move the marker toward the area for compen-

sation until it appears on the desired area, and write the data temporarily. Then, select the compensation area again, and move the

marker to the pixel void position.

* The following table shows the procedure for moving marker 1.

(5) Carry out write-in to EEPROM according to the table below.

(6) Reset the service mode, and close the lens.

After ten seconds, check that missing pixels have been compensated for.

Notes)

1) Since the marker is larger than a pixel, although they may seem to be superposed on one another at adjustment, there may actually

be some deviation.

2) In marker overlap condition or when there are adjacent missing pixels within ±2 Hex in the V and H directions, writing is impossible.

Marker

1

(ODD)

2

(EVEN)

3

(ODD)

4

(EVEN)

5

(ODD)

6

(EVEN)

7

(ODD)

8

(EVEN)

Direction

H

V

H

V

H

V

H

V

H

V

H

V

H

V

H

V

Address

FF01

FF03

FF05

FF07

FF09

FF0B

FF0D

FF0F

FF11

FF13

FF15

FF17

FF19

FF1B

FF1D

FF1F

Missing

FF03

FF01

FULL SCAN MONITOR

*

Fig. 4-23

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation CCD PIXEL MISSING COMP. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Specify address in H direction and 5 2 WR FF01 D4 WAIT set WR mode.2) Change the data and then move the ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ADJ ↑ marker (H direction).3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ OK

2 1) Specify address in V direction and 5 2 WR FF03 A0 WAIT set WR mode.2) Change the data and then move the ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ADJ ↑ marker (H direction).3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ OK

3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 above, and register the marker at the position where pixel is missing.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation CCD PIXEL MISSING COMP. PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 In case of markers 1 to 4 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR FF20 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.In case of markers 5 to 8 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5 2 WR FF21 00 WAIT2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ OK Writing is completed.

Page 129: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-34

2-6 Recorder Section Adjustment

Preparation)

1) Except for the tape-path adjustment, carry out adjustment in the product state.

2-6-1 Recorder Setting for Destination

SPEC. Data writing

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out the recorder setting for destination market place.

2-6-2 Y LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT

M. EQ. Oscilloscope

SPEC. Y=980 ± 20 [mV]

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out Y level adjustment.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

RECORDER DESTINATION PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 5 WR **00 01

3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * High address "01" is set up.

2 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 0112 F0 Function Select bit for USA

(For USA model)

2) Make the setting shown at right 6 4 WR 0112 F1 Function Select bit for JPN

(For Japan model)

3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ F0orF1 * The recorder setting for destination

market place is completed.

Fig.4-24

980 ± 20mV

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

Y LEVEL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 001E ADJ White raster is output.

2) For adjustment, change data properly. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ "ADJ" Adjustment is in progress.

3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Adjustment is completed.

Page 130: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-35

2-6-3 C LEVEL Adjustment

TP/TRIG. VIDEO OUT

M. EQ. Oscilloscope

SPEC. C=710 ± 20 [mV]

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out C level adjust-

ment.

2-6-4 AGC Initial Value Adjustment

SIGNAL COLOR BAR

MODE E-E (ANALOG LINE IN)

SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) Input a color bar signal to the analog line circuit from the pattern generator.

(2) Carry out AGC initial value adjustment according to the table shown below.

Fig.4-25

710 ± 20mV

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

C LEVEL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 6 4 WR 001F ADJ Green raster is output.

2) For adjustment, change data properly. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress.

3) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

AGC INITIAL PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **04 --

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Automatic adjustment is completed.

Page 131: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-36

2-6-5 SWP Adjustment

MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1321-000)

SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Note)

1) Press the STORE key after the error rate is stabilized.

Procedure)

(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out SWP adjustment referring to the table shown below.

2-6-6 C. FG Adjustment

MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1321-000)

SPEC. Automatic adjustment

Procedure)

(1) While playing back the color bar master, carry out C.FG adjustment referring to the table shown below.

2-6-7 EQ Adjustment

MODE Playback of self-recording LP tape (conforming to the format of LP tape manufactured by Panasonic)

SPEC. After adjustment, an error rate should be 2×10 -5 or less.

Notes)

1) For error rate measurement, use a tape conforming to the format of LP tape manufactured by Panasonic.2) For SP/LP selection in recording, use the Recorder menu.

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table shown below, carry out EQ adjustment.(2) After adjustment, play the self-recorded LP part again and check that the error rate is within the allowable specified range.(3) If the result of check is NG, perform EQ adjustment using the self-recording SP tape. Then, with this LP tape, perform EQ

adjustment again.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

SWP PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **01 --

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Automatic adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

C.FG PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 0 WR **03 --

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Automatic adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE MONITOR Microcomputer operation

EQ PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Start LP recording.

2 1) Rewind the recorded part, and then

start LP playing back.

3 1) During LP playback, make the 7 0 WR **02 --

setting shown at right ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ + Automatic adjustment is in progress.

2) Press the STORE key. (For approx. ten seconds)

↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Adjustment is completed.

Page 132: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-37

2-6-8 Battery Voltage Drop Adjustment

MODE During camera recording in product condition (AF : OFF, LCD PANEL : ON)

SPEC. Power supply voltage: 5.83 ± 0.02 [V]

Note)

1) Perform the adjustment after 4sec of recording start.

Procedure)

(1) Under the above condition, set a power supply voltage to 5.83 ± 0.02[V].

(2) Referring to the table shown below, carry out battery voltage drop adjustment.

2-7 Tape Path Adjustment

Note)

1) For tape path adjustment, the service mode setting is necessary. For the details of setting procedure, refer to the DMC II Service

Manual separately issued.

Preparation)

1) For tape path adjustment, make the recorder adjustment setting (P. 3-2).

Procedure)

(1) Referring to the table given below, playback the alignment tape for tracking adjustment (DY9-1345-000), and carry out tape path

adjustment.

At step 2, adjust DT in a range of 01 to 0F so that the RF envelope will be 70% for tracking shift.

(2) After adjustment, restore tracking shift to the normal condition of the product state (DT: 00).

STEP PROCEDURE     MONITOR Microcomputer operation

UNDER CUT PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 7 2 WR **FF "ADJ"

2) Press the STORE key. ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ * Adjustment is completed.

STEP PROCEDURE      MONITOR Microcomputer operation

TRACKING SHIFT PG BK MD ADDR DT ST

1 1) Play back the tracking tape.

2 1) During playback, make the setting 7 0 WR **FE 00 Product setting

  shown at right.

2) Perform 70% tracking shift by ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 01~0F Degree of tracking shift being changed.

  adjusting DT in a range of 01 to

  0F.

3 1) Perform the tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state.

Page 133: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 ACHAPTER 4. DISASSEMBLING ADJUSTMENT

4-38

R-Y

R

BURST

YL

B-Y

Color balance adjustment chart

Copy the chart on a transparent film. Trim and attach thetransparent chart on a vectorscope display.

NTSC ELURA20 MC AELURA10 A

Page 134: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 5. PARTS LIST

CONTEN

EXPLODED VIEWS

Casing Parts Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-2

Right Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-4

Left Cover Unit Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6

Main Dial/Rear Cover Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-8

Recorder Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-10

LCD Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-12

Camera · Lens Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-14

CVF Unit Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-16

Mechanical Chassis Section-1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-18

Mechanical Chassis Section-2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-20

Mechanical Chassis Section-3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-22

Mechanical Chassis Section-4 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-24

Accessory Section -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5-26

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-28

PARTS LIST -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------3-29

Page 135: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-1

1. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks.

Critical parts are marked with in this electrical parts list.

CAUTION

Page 136: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-2

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Casing Parts Section

(23)

27

(25)(24)

21×2

2×2

35×2

(26)

22

13×2

2

14

12

15

16×2

2

31

33

32

34

21

34

34

3

17

1 6 7

118

9

10

19

20

18

Camera •Lens/Recorder Unit

Left Cover Unit

Right Cover Unit

CVF Unita

3

a

30

5×2

2928

Page 137: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-3

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 XA4-9170-359 000 F 1 SCREW2 XA9-1001-000 000 F 4 SCREW3 XA1-7170-357 000 F 3 SCREW4 XA1-7170-407 000 F 1 SCREW5 DA2-1017-000 000 F 2 SCREW

6 DA2-0931-000 000 B 1 COVER, TOP7 DA2-1018-000 000 F 1 SCREW8 DA2-1015-000 000 F 1 SCREW9 DA2-1473-000 000 B 1 COVER, MIC NEW

10 DA2-0868-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MIC

11 DA2-1021-000 000 C 1 SEAL, LCD T12 D52-0130-000 000 B 1 LENS CAP ASS’Y13 CB1-8698-000 000 F 2 SCREW14 DF1-1630-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y15 DG1-4062-000 000 B 1 ZOOM SWITCH ASS’Y

16 XA1-7140-207 000 F 2 SCREW17 DA2-1024-000 000 C 1 CUSHION18 DA2-1023-000 000 C 1 CUSHION19 XA1-7170-257 000 F 1 SCREW20 XA9-1244-000 000 F 1 SCREW

21 XA1-7170-307 000 F 3 SCREW22 DG1-4314-000 000 B 1 REAR COVER ASS’Y NEW23 DS1-5387-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL24 DA2-0844-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, BATT LOCK25 DA2-1479-000 000 B 1 KNOB, EJECT NEW

26 DA2-1504-000 000 B 1 COVER, AV NEW27 DG1-4096-000 000 B 1 EYE PIECE ASS’Y28 DA2-1453-000 000 B 1 COVER, REMOCON WINDOW NEW29 DA2-1454-000 000 B 1 COVER, TALLY WINDOW NEW30 DA2-1452-000 000 B 1 FRONT COVER ASS’Y NEW

31 DA2-1020-000 000 C 2 MAGNET32 DA2-1465-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD HOLDER U NEW33 DA2-1466-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD HOLDER L NEW34 DA2-1016-000 000 F 2 SCREW35 DA2-1455-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW

Page 138: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-4

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Right Cover Unit Section

LCD Unit

22

13

23

5×2

20×2

14×2

47

24

15 18

17

11

6

3×2

19×2

21×2

16

8

12

1

2

10

9

Page 139: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-5

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DH2-2183-000 000 C 1 FPC, BATTERY2 DG1-4079-000 000 C 1 BATTERY TERMINAL ASS’Y3 XA1-7170-307 000 F 2 SCREW4 DA2-1025-000 000 C 2 CUSHION5 XA9-1000-000 000 F 2 SCREW

6 DA2-0918-000 000 C 1 PLATE, FPC7 DA2-1470-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION NEW8 DA2-1462-000 000 B 1 COVER, GRIP NEW9 DA2-1467-000 000 B 1 TAPE, GRIP COVER NEW

10 DA2-1461-000 000 B 1 COVER, RIGHT NEW

11 DA2-1472-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, HAND STRAP NEW12 DA2-0843-000 000 C 1 TRIPOD13 DA2-0842-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, GRIP BELT14 DA2-0845-000 000 B 2 CUSHION, R COVER15 DA2-1008-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, BATTERY

16 XA4-9170-457 000 F 1 SCREW17 DA2-0917-000 000 B 1 COVER, FPC18 DS1-5380-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL19 XA1-7200-457 000 F 2 SCREW20 DA2-1009-000 000 B 2 CUSHION, LCD

21 DA2-1007-000 000 B 2 SEAL, R COVER22 DA2-1014-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CAUTION23 DG1-4316-000 000 B 1 RECORDER KEY ASS’Y NEW ELURA20 MC A

DG1-4097-000 000 B 1 RECORDER KEY ASS’Y ELURA10 A24 DA2-1506-000 000 C 1 SHEET, JACK NEW

Page 140: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-6

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Left Cover Unit Section

22×2

18×2

18×2

16×2

6

17

19

18

See the figure below.

15

20

ELURA10 A

32

21

22

9

28

23

2524

Main Dial Ass’y

Rear Cover

10

1

3

2

4

8

7 9

11

6

26×2

27

a

a

530

1413

12

29

31

ELURA20 MC A

Page 141: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-7

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DA2-1451-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT NEW2 DA2-0952-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, FPC3 DA2-0991-000 000 B 1 LABEL, LITHIUM 24 DA2-0953-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, EJECT SW5 XA9-1274-000 000 F 1 SCREW

6 XA9-1001-000 000 F 2 SCREW7 DA2-1009-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, LCD8 DH2-4055-000 000 C 1 FPC, MMC-MAIN9 XA9-1000-000 000 F 2 SCREW

10 DA2-0980-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD ELURA20 MC A

DA2-0981-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD ELURA10 A11 DA2-0950-000 000 B 1 KNOB, P.SCAN12 DA2-0881-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE13 DA2-0883-000 000 C 1 TAPE, C COVER14 DA2-0944-000 000 B 1 PLATE, DIAL

15 XA4-9140-287 000 F 1 SCREW16 XA9-1002-000 000 F 2 SCREW17 DA2-1471-000 000 B 1 STRAP, HAND NEW18 XA1-7170-207 000 F 5 SCREW19 XA1-7170-357 000 F 1 SCREW

20 DG1-4078-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, MMC ELURA20 MC A21 DG1-4289-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MMC NEW ELURA20 MC A

DG1-4290-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MMC NEW ELURA10 A22 XA1-7170-257 000 F 3 SCREW23 DA2-0994-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, GRIP BELT

24 DA2-0993-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MMC25 DF1-1624-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE ARM ASS’Y26 XA1-7170-307 000 F 2 SCREW27 XA9-1004-000 000 F 1 SCREW28 XA1-7170-607 000 F 1 SCREW

29 DA2-0986-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CAUTION NEW30 DA2-0845-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, R COVER31 DA2-1156-000 000 C 1 GUIDE, C ARM NEW32 DA2-0967-000 000 C 1 COVER, SD HOLDER NEW ELURA10 A

Page 142: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-8

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Main Dial/Rear Cover Section

3

12

21

67

8

5×2

(16)

(17)

4

9

14

13

15

11

10

Page 143: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-9

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DA2-0978-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LITHIUM2 DA2-0976-000 000 C 1 LITHIUM TERMINAL +3 DA2-0977-000 000 C 1 LITHIUM TERMINAL -4 DG1-4029-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LITHIUM5 XA9-1004-000 000 F 2 SCREW

6 DA2-0974-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, TRIGGER7 DS1-5385-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL8 DA2-0973-000 000 B 1 KEY, TRIGGER9 DA2-1486-000 000 B 1 KNOB, AP NEW

10 DA2-0990-000 000 B 1 LABEL, LITHIUM 1

11 DA2-1483-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE REAR NEW12 DG1-4054-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, FE13 DA2-1485-000 000 B 1 KNOB, OPEN NEW14 DA2-1487-000 000 B 1 KNOB, FE NEW15 DG1-4309-000 000 B 1 MAIN DIAL ASS’Y NEW ELURA20 MC A

DG1-4312-000 000 B 1 MAIN DIAL ASS’Y NEW ELURA10 A16 DA2-1474-000 000 B 1 COVER, M DIAL NEW ELURA20 MC A

DA2-1477-000 000 B 1 COVER, M DIAL NEW ELURA10 A17 XA9-1252-000 000 F 1 SCREW

Page 144: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-10

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Recorder Unit Section

17×216×2

12

20

24

25

2728

29

2632

31

30

33

6

3435

6

3639

37

21

22

23

18

19

15

10

14×2

66×2

13×211

7

8

12

3 9

4

Camera • Lens Unit

5

38

6×3

Page 145: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-11

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DY1-8282-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT DMC II2 DA1-9796-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CASSETTE3 DA1-9903-000 000 B 1 LABEL, S CHASSIS4 DA2-0859-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER5 DY1-8273-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, SUB

6 XA1-7170-257 000 F 8 SCREW7 DA2-0860-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION8 DA2-1151-000 000 C 1 CUSHION9 DA2-0897-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION

10 DA2-1152-000 000 C 1 CUSHION

11 DA1-9788-000 000 F 1 WASHER12 XA9-1260-000 000 F 1 SCREW13 DA1-9779-000 000 C 2 RUBBER, INSULATION14 XA9-1167-000 000 F 2 SCREW15 XA9-1001-000 000 F 1 SCREW

16 DA2-0896-000 000 C 2 RUBBER, INSULATION17 XA9-1244-000 000 F 2 SCREW18 DA2-0880-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION19 DA2-1028-000 000 C 1 SHEET, AUDIO 220 DG1-4023-050 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, AUDIO NEW

21 DG1-4056-000 000 C 1 MIC ASS’Y22 DA2-0997-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MIC FPC23 DA2-0867-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, MIC24 DA2-0858-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION25 DH2-2174-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MULTI-AUDIO

26 DY1-8379-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEW ELURA20 MC ADY1-8381-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEW ELURA10 A

27 DA2-0863-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD MAIN 128 DH2-2175-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, SUB-MAIN29 DH2-2182-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, HA SHIELD

30 DA2-1158-000 000 C 1 SHEET, SDRAM31 DA2-1027-000 000 C 1 SHEET, AUDIO 132 DA2-0865-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD MAIN 233 DA2-0846-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MAIN34 DG1-4028-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MULTI

35 DA2-0855-000 000 C 1 PLATE, GND36 DA2-0832-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, MULTI37 DG1-4051-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, JACK38 DG1-3978-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y SUB-DMC39 DA2-0895-000 000 B 1 LABEL, FUSE NEW

Page 146: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-12

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

LCD Unit Section

8

16

4

15

25×5

1×2

22

24

26

21

20

18

17

12

11

10

87

62

3

5

1314

9

8

19

23

Page 147: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-13

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 XA4-9170-409 000 F 2 SCREW2 DA2-0915-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE L3 DG1-4065-000 000 C 1 HINGE ASS’Y, LCD4 DG1-4052-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, LCD SW5 DA2-0914-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE R

6 DA2-1020-000 000 C 1 MAGNET7 DA2-1019-000 000 B 1 SEAL, MAGNET8 XA1-7170-257 000 F 3 SCREW9 DA2-1464-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEW

10 DA2-0907-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD2

11 DA2-0906-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD112 XA4-9170-359 000 F 1 SCREW13 DA2-0909-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, LCD LOCK14 DA2-0908-000 000 B 1 KNOB, LCD15 DS1-5380-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

*1 16 DH9-0831-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y*2 DY1-8274-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y

17 DG1-7377-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (LCD)18 DA2-0910-000 000 C 1 SHEET, LCD119 DG1-4024-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD

20 DA2-0911-000 000 C 1 SHEET, LCD221 DA2-1463-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW ELURA20 MC A

DA2-1498-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW ELURA10 A22 DH2-2177-000 000 C 1 FPC, LCD-MAIN23 DA2-0912-000 000 C 1 CUSHION

24 DA2-1012-000 000 C 1 SHEET, FPC25 DA2-1015-000 000 F 5 SCREW26 DA2-1160-000 000 B 1 SHEET, LCD FPC

*1 : Same quality as the production line.

*2 : Free from the pixel dot.

Page 148: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-14

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Camera · Lens Unit Section

(5)

15

(5)

(5)(4) 13×2

10

1217

16

14

98

2

3

(7)

2

(5) (5)

1(6)

11

Page 149: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-15

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DA2-0945-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, LENS2 DA2-1026-000 000 C 2 CUSHION3 DG1-4066-000 000 C 1 LENS ASS’Y4 YH8-0097-000 000 C 1 IG METER ASS’Y5 XA4-9170-407 000 F 5 SCREW

6 YH7-0200-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, PZ7 YH7-0201-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, AF8 DH9-0836-000 000 C 1 FILTER, IR9 DA2-0862-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION

10 DY1-8271-000 000 C 1 CCD ASS’Y

11 DA2-0899-000 000 C 1 PLATE, GRAPHITE CCD12 DG1-4025-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CCD13 XA4-9170-609 000 F 2 SCREW14 DG1-4026-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CA15 DH2-2178-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CA-MAIN

16 DA2-1159-000 000 F 1 WASHER17 XD1-1101-825 000 F 1 WASHER

Page 150: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-16

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CVF Unit Section

15

14

98

1312

11

65 1

2

34

7

16

17

10

Page 151: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-17

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 XA4-9170-309 000 F 1 SCREW2 DA2-0896-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION3 DA2-0869-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CVF4 DG1-4027-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF5 XA4-9170-357 000 F 1 SCREW

6 DH2-2179-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CVF-MAIN7 DG1-4067-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (CVF)8 DA2-0884-000 000 C 1 CUSHION9 DA2-0885-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION

10 DA2-0870-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CVF

11 DF1-1628-000 000 C 1 CVF LEVER ASS’Y12 DA2-0877-000 000 C 1 PLATE, FINDER RELEASE13 CB1-5509-000 000 F 1 NUT, ONEWAY GEAR14 DS1-5386-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL15 WG2-5194-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, CVF

16 DA2-0873-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD STOPPER17 DA1-9760-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASK

Page 152: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-18

DMC II

Mechanical Chassis Section-1

1

4

(2)

(3)

6

7

1011

12

5×4

2×3

8

(9)

Slide Chassis Ass’y

Page 153: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-19

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

DMC II

1 DG1-3861-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE HOLDER ASS’Y2 DA2-0642-000 000 F 4 SCREW3 DF1-1569-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE COVER ASS’Y4 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER5 DA2-0643-000 000 F 4 SCREW

6 DF1-1514-000 000 C 1 IDLER GEAR ASS’Y7 DG1-3857-000 000 C 1 DRIVE GEAR ASS’Y8 DY1-8283-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y (3CH)9 DA2-0793-000 000 C 1 PLATE, TAPE GUIDE

10 DY1-8210-000 000 C 1 MAIN CHASSIS ASS’Y

11 DA2-0758-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE12 DA2-0757-000 000 F 1 SCREW

Page 154: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-20

DMC II

Mechanical Chassis Section-2

(2)1

(3)

(4)

(8)

(5)×2

(6)

(9)

(13)

(14)

(15)

19

(16)

(11)(14)

(18)

(17)

(10)

(5)

(12)

(7)

Page 155: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-21

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

DMC II

1 DY1-8211-000 000 C 1 SLIDE CHASSIS ASS’Y2 DA2-0712-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL3 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER4 DA2-0703-000 000 C 1 EJECT LEVER5 DA2-0642-000 000 F 3 SCREW

6 DA2-0661-000 000 C 1 COVER, PINCH ROLLER7 DS1-0175-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL8 DG1-3859-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’Y9 DS1-0172-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

10 DF1-1566-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, T SUB

11 DA2-0782-000 000 F 1 WASHER12 DA2-0660-000 000 C 1 COVER, REVIEW ARM13 DF1-1548-000 000 C 1 TENSION ARM ASS’Y14 DA2-0645-000 000 F 2 WASHER15 DF1-1549-000 000 C 1 TENSION BRAKE ASS’Y

16 DS1-0169-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL17 DH9-0812-000 000 C 1 TAPE DETECTION SW ASS’Y18 DA2-0643-000 000 F 1 SCREW19 DS1-0173-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

Page 156: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-22

DMC II

Mechanical Chassis Section-3

FACE

12×2

22×2

13

12×3

7

11

9

10

8

2

3

6 4

5

14

15

16

1820

19

17

6

21

1×2

Page 157: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-23

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

DMC II

1 DA2-0780-000 000 F 2 SCREW2 DA2-0645-000 000 F 1 WASHER3 DA2-0747-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL4 DF1-1546-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, S5 DF1-1547-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, T

6 DA2-0781-000 000 F 2 WASHER7 DF1-1544-000 000 C 1 T GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y8 DF1-1550-000 000 C 1 S GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y9 DA2-0774-000 000 C 2 POST RING, RUBBER

10 DF1-1545-000 000 C 2 SKATE ASS’Y

11 DF1-1551-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’Y12 DA2-0644-000 000 F 5 SCREW13 DG1-3865-000 000 C 1 LOADING MOTOR ASS’Y14 DA2-0646-000 000 F 1 WASHER15 DF1-1567-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, S MODE

16 DG1-3858-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, PINCH ROLLER17 DS1-0174-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL18 XD2-1100-102 000 C 1 E RING19 DF1-1517-000 000 C 1 PLATE, DRIVE GEAR20 DA2-0586-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CP

21 DH2-2115-000 000 C 1 FPC, LOADING MOTOR22 XA1-7140-147 000 F 2 SCREW

Page 158: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-24

DMC II

Mechanical Chassis Section-4

REAR FACE

1×2

2

5

6

7

8

9

5

10

11

12

1

13

14

3

4

Page 159: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-25

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

DMC II

1 XA1-7140-147 000 F 3 SCREW2 DF1-1525-000 000 C 1 GEAR ASS’Y, TRANS.3 DA2-0590-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 24 DF1-1520-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, PR CONTROL5 DA2-0643-000 000 F 2 SCREW

6 DF1-1516-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 17 DF1-1518-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, MODE8 DA2-0640-000 000 C 1 COVER, MODE GEAR9 DG1-3860-000 000 C 1 GEAR, MODE

10 DA2-0666-000 000 C 1 COVER, LM GEAR

11 DA2-0604-000 000 C 1 GEAR, LM12 DA2-0630-000 000 C 1 LEVER, LOAD13 DA2-0638-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, SLIDE LEVER14 DF1-1522-000 000 C 1 LEVER, SLIDE

Page 160: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-26

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Accessory Section

PLUG TYPE

DU-300

A

JPN

E

B

AS

CA-400

BP-406/412/422

2

4

1

SDC-8M

WL-D75/76

(6)

(7)

5

3

Page 161: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-27

MECHANICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

1 DY1-8276-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-4062 D82-0642-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(A)3 DY1-8383-000 000 C 1 CARD, SD SDC-8M ELURA20 MC A4 D82-0660-000 000 C 1 DOCKING UNIT DU-3005 D83-0562-000 000 C 1 WL-D75A WIRELESS CONTROLLER ELURA20 MC A

D83-0572-000 000 C 1 WL-D76A WIRELESS CONTROLLER ELURA10 A6 DY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY7 DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A)

Page 162: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-28

ELECTRICAL PARTS

SYMBOL PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CN100 VS1-6640-027 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 27PCN101 VS1-6640-025 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 25PCN102 VS1-6674-005 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 5PCN200 VS1-6640-027 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 27P

CN1401 VS1-6674-006 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 6P

CN1402 VS1-6640-031 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 31PCN1501 VS1-6640-021 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 21PCN1502 VS1-6640-027 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 27PCN3201 VS1-6307-014 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 14PCN3202 VS1-6640-027 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 27P

CN3401 WS1-5879-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, DVFU3201 WD1-5062-000 000 D 1 FUSEFU3202 WD1-5062-000 000 D 1 FUSE

JC WS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, A/VSW WC4-5155-000 000 C 1 SWITCH, TRIGGER

SW101 WC5-5134-000 000 C 1 SWITCH, DIAL

Page 163: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-29

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

17 CB1-5509-000 000 F 1 NUT, ONEWAY GEAR3 CB1-8698-000 000 F 2 SCREW3 D52-0130-000 000 B 1 LENS CAP ASS’Y

27 D82-0642-000 000 C 1 CORD, AC(A)27 D82-0660-000 000 C 1 DOCKING UNIT DU-300

27 D83-0562-000 000 C 1 WL-D75A WIRELESS CONTROLLER ELURA20 MC A27 D83-0572-000 000 C 1 WL-D76A WIRELESS CONTROLLER ELURA10 A17 DA1-9760-000 000 C 1 PLATE, MASK11 DA1-9779-000 000 C 2 RUBBER, INSULATION11 DA1-9788-000 000 F 1 WASHER

11 DA1-9796-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CASSETTE11 DA1-9903-000 000 B 1 LABEL, S CHASSIS23 DA2-0586-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CP25 DA2-0590-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 225 DA2-0604-000 000 C 1 GEAR, LM

25 DA2-0630-000 000 C 1 LEVER, LOAD25 DA2-0638-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, SLIDE LEVER25 DA2-0640-000 000 C 1 COVER, MODE GEAR

19,21 DA2-0642-000 000 F 7 SCREW19,21,25 DA2-0643-000 000 F 7 SCREW

23 DA2-0644-000 000 F 5 SCREW21,23 DA2-0645-000 000 F 3 WASHER

19,21,23 DA2-0646-000 000 F 3 WASHER21 DA2-0660-000 000 C 1 COVER, REVIEW ARM21 DA2-0661-000 000 C 1 COVER, PINCH ROLLER

25 DA2-0666-000 000 C 1 COVER, LM GEAR21 DA2-0703-000 000 C 1 EJECT LEVER21 DA2-0712-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL23 DA2-0747-000 000 C 1 GUIDE RAIL19 DA2-0757-000 000 F 1 SCREW

19 DA2-0758-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE23 DA2-0774-000 000 C 2 POST RING, RUBBER23 DA2-0780-000 000 F 2 SCREW23 DA2-0781-000 000 F 2 WASHER21 DA2-0782-000 000 F 1 WASHER

19 DA2-0793-000 000 C 1 PLATE, TAPE GUIDE11 DA2-0832-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, MULTI5 DA2-0842-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, GRIP BELT5 DA2-0843-000 000 C 1 TRIPOD3 DA2-0844-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, BATT LOCK

5,7 DA2-0845-000 000 B 3 CUSHION, R COVER11 DA2-0846-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MAIN11 DA2-0855-000 000 C 1 PLATE, GND11 DA2-0858-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION11 DA2-0859-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, RECORDER

11 DA2-0860-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION15 DA2-0862-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION11 DA2-0863-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD MAIN 111 DA2-0865-000 000 C 1 CASE, SHIELD MAIN 211 DA2-0867-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, MIC

3 DA2-0868-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MIC17 DA2-0869-000 000 C 1 PLATE, CVF17 DA2-0870-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, CVF17 DA2-0873-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD STOPPER17 DA2-0877-000 000 C 1 PLATE, FINDER RELEASE

11 DA2-0880-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION7 DA2-0881-000 000 C 1 SPRING, PLATE7 DA2-0883-000 000 C 1 TAPE, C COVER

17 DA2-0884-000 000 C 1 CUSHION17 DA2-0885-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, INSULATION

Page 164: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-30

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

11 DA2-0895-000 000 B 1 LABEL, FUSE NEW11,17 DA2-0896-000 000 C 3 RUBBER, INSULATION

11 DA2-0897-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION15 DA2-0899-000 000 C 1 PLATE, GRAPHITE CCD13 DA2-0906-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD1

13 DA2-0907-000 000 C 1 PLATE, LCD213 DA2-0908-000 000 B 1 KNOB, LCD13 DA2-0909-000 000 C 1 SHAFT, LCD LOCK13 DA2-0910-000 000 C 1 SHEET, LCD113 DA2-0911-000 000 C 1 SHEET, LCD2

13 DA2-0912-000 000 C 1 CUSHION13 DA2-0914-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE R13 DA2-0915-000 000 B 1 COVER, HINGE L5 DA2-0917-000 000 B 1 COVER, FPC5 DA2-0918-000 000 C 1 PLATE, FPC

3 DA2-0931-000 000 B 1 COVER, TOP7 DA2-0944-000 000 B 1 PLATE, DIAL

15 DA2-0945-000 000 C 1 RUBBER, LENS7 DA2-0950-000 000 B 1 KNOB, P.SCAN7 DA2-0952-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, FPC

7 DA2-0953-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, EJECT SW7 DA2-0967-000 000 C 1 COVER, SD HOLDER NEW ELURA10 A9 DA2-0973-000 000 B 1 KEY, TRIGGER9 DA2-0974-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, TRIGGER9 DA2-0976-000 000 C 1 LITHIUM TERMINAL +

9 DA2-0977-000 000 C 1 LITHIUM TERMINAL -9 DA2-0978-000 000 C 1 HOLDER, LITHIUM7 DA2-0980-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD ELURA20 MC A7 DA2-0981-000 000 B 1 COVER, CARD ELURA10 A7 DA2-0986-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CAUTION NEW

9 DA2-0990-000 000 B 1 LABEL, LITHIUM 17 DA2-0991-000 000 B 1 LABEL, LITHIUM 27 DA2-0993-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MMC7 DA2-0994-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, GRIP BELT

11 DA2-0997-000 000 C 1 SHEET, MIC FPC

5 DA2-1007-000 000 B 2 SEAL, R COVER5 DA2-1008-000 000 B 1 CUSHION, BATTERY

5,7 DA2-1009-000 000 B 3 CUSHION, LCD13 DA2-1012-000 000 C 1 SHEET, FPC5 DA2-1014-000 000 B 1 LABEL, CAUTION

3,13 DA2-1015-000 000 F 6 SCREW3 DA2-1016-000 000 F 2 SCREW3 DA2-1017-000 000 F 2 SCREW3 DA2-1018-000 000 F 1 SCREW

13 DA2-1019-000 000 B 1 SEAL, MAGNET

3,13 DA2-1020-000 000 C 3 MAGNET3 DA2-1021-000 000 C 1 SEAL, LCD T3 DA2-1023-000 000 C 1 CUSHION3 DA2-1024-000 000 C 1 CUSHION5 DA2-1025-000 000 C 2 CUSHION

15 DA2-1026-000 000 C 2 CUSHION11 DA2-1027-000 000 C 1 SHEET, AUDIO 111 DA2-1028-000 000 C 1 SHEET, AUDIO 211 DA2-1151-000 000 C 1 CUSHION11 DA2-1152-000 000 C 1 CUSHION

7 DA2-1156-000 000 C 1 GUIDE, C ARM NEW11 DA2-1158-000 000 C 1 SHEET, SDRAM15 DA2-1159-000 000 F 1 WASHER13 DA2-1160-000 000 B 1 SHEET, LCD FPC7 DA2-1451-000 000 B 1 COVER, LEFT NEW

Page 165: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-31

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

3 DA2-1452-000 000 B 1 FRONT COVER ASS’Y NEW3 DA2-1453-000 000 B 1 COVER, REMOCON WINDOW NEW3 DA2-1454-000 000 B 1 COVER, TALLY WINDOW NEW3 DA2-1455-000 000 F 2 SCREW NEW5 DA2-1461-000 000 B 1 COVER, RIGHT NEW

5 DA2-1462-000 000 B 1 COVER, GRIP NEW13 DA2-1463-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW ELURA20 MC A13 DA2-1464-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD BOTTOM NEW3 DA2-1465-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD HOLDER U NEW3 DA2-1466-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD HOLDER L NEW

5 DA2-1467-000 000 B 1 TAPE, GRIP COVER NEW5 DA2-1470-000 000 C 1 SHEET, INSULATION NEW7 DA2-1471-000 000 B 1 STRAP, HAND NEW5 DA2-1472-000 000 B 1 HOLDER, HAND STRAP NEW3 DA2-1473-000 000 B 1 COVER, MIC NEW

9 DA2-1474-000 000 B 1 COVER, M DIAL NEW ELURA20 MC A9 DA2-1477-000 000 B 1 COVER, M DIAL NEW ELURA10 A3 DA2-1479-000 000 B 1 KNOB, EJECT NEW9 DA2-1483-000 000 B 1 COVER, CASSETTE REAR NEW9 DA2-1485-000 000 B 1 KNOB, OPEN NEW

9 DA2-1486-000 000 B 1 KNOB, AP NEW9 DA2-1487-000 000 B 1 KNOB, FE NEW

13 DA2-1498-000 000 B 1 COVER, LCD TOP NEW ELURA10 A3 DA2-1504-000 000 B 1 COVER, AV NEW5 DA2-1506-000 000 C 1 SHEET, JACK NEW

19 DF1-1514-000 000 C 1 IDLER GEAR ASS’Y25 DF1-1516-000 000 C 1 GEAR, CAM 123 DF1-1517-000 000 C 1 PLATE, DRIVE GEAR25 DF1-1518-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, MODE25 DF1-1520-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, PR CONTROL

25 DF1-1522-000 000 C 1 LEVER, SLIDE25 DF1-1525-000 000 C 1 GEAR ASS’Y, TRANS.23 DF1-1544-000 000 C 1 T GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y23 DF1-1545-000 000 C 2 SKATE ASS’Y23 DF1-1546-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, S

23 DF1-1547-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, T21 DF1-1548-000 000 C 1 TENSION ARM ASS’Y21 DF1-1549-000 000 C 1 TENSION BRAKE ASS’Y23 DF1-1550-000 000 C 1 S GUIDE ROLLER ASS’Y23 DF1-1551-000 000 C 1 DRUM BASE ASS’Y

21 DF1-1566-000 000 C 1 BRAKE, T SUB23 DF1-1567-000 000 C 1 LEVER ASS’Y, S MODE19 DF1-1569-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE COVER ASS’Y7 DF1-1624-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE ARM ASS’Y

17 DF1-1628-000 000 C 1 CVF LEVER ASS’Y

3 DF1-1630-000 000 B 1 LENS RING ASS’Y19 DG1-3857-000 000 C 1 DRIVE GEAR ASS’Y23 DG1-3858-000 000 C 1 ARM ASS’Y, PINCH ROLLER21 DG1-3859-000 000 C 1 REVIEW ARM ASS’Y25 DG1-3860-000 000 C 1 GEAR, MODE

19 DG1-3861-000 000 C 1 CASSETTE HOLDER ASS’Y23 DG1-3865-000 000 C 1 LOADING MOTOR ASS’Y11 DG1-3978-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, SUB-DMC11 DG1-4023-050 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, AUDIO NEW13 DG1-4024-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LCD

15 DG1-4025-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CCD15 DG1-4026-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CA17 DG1-4027-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, CVF11 DG1-4028-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MULTI9 DG1-4029-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, LITHIUM

Page 166: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-32

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

11 DG1-4051-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, JACK13 DG1-4052-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, LCD SW9 DG1-4054-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, FE

11 DG1-4056-000 000 C 1 MIC ASS’Y3 DG1-4062-000 000 B 1 ZOOM SWITCH ASS’Y

13 DG1-4065-000 000 C 1 HINGE ASS’Y, LCD15 DG1-4066-000 000 C 1 LENS ASS’Y17 DG1-4067-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (CVF)7 DG1-4078-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y, MMC ELURA20 MC A5 DG1-4079-000 000 C 1 BATTERY TERMINAL ASS’Y

3 DG1-4096-000 000 B 1 EYE PIECE ASS’Y5 DG1-4097-000 000 B 1 RECORDER KEY ASS’Y ELURA10 A7 DG1-4289-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MMC NEW ELURA20 MC A7 DG1-4290-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MMC NEW ELURA10 A9 DG1-4309-000 000 B 1 MAIN DIAL ASS’Y NEW ELURA20 MC A

9 DG1-4312-000 000 B 1 MAIN DIAL ASS’Y NEW ELURA10 A3 DG1-4314-000 000 B 1 REAR COVER ASS’Y NEW5 DG1-4316-000 000 B 1 RECORDER KEY ASS’Y NEW ELURA20 MC A

13 DG1-7377-000 000 C 1 BACKLIGHT ASS’Y (LCD)23 DH2-2115-000 000 C 1 FPC, LOADING MOTOR

11 DH2-2174-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, MULTI-AUDIO11 DH2-2175-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, SUB-MAIN13 DH2-2177-000 000 C 1 FPC, LCD-MAIN15 DH2-2178-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CA-MAIN17 DH2-2179-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, CVF-MAIN

11 DH2-2182-000 000 C 1 FPC ASS’Y, HA SHIELD5 DH2-2183-000 000 C 1 FPC, BATTERY7 DH2-4055-000 000 C 1 FPC, MMC-MAIN

21 DH9-0812-000 000 C 1 TAPE DETECTION SW ASS’Y*1 13 DH9-0831-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y

15 DH9-0836-000 000 C 1 FILTER, IR21 DS1-0169-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL21 DS1-0172-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL21 DS1-0173-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL23 DS1-0174-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

21 DS1-0175-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL5,13 DS1-5380-000 000 C 2 SPRING, COIL

9 DS1-5385-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL17 DS1-5386-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL3 DS1-5387-000 000 C 1 SPRING, COIL

27 DY1-8119-000 000 C 1 LABEL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER(A)27 DY1-8121-000 000 C 1 COVER, BATTERY19 DY1-8210-000 000 C 1 MAIN CHASSIS ASS’Y21 DY1-8211-000 000 C 1 SLIDE CHASSIS ASS’Y15 DY1-8271-000 000 C 1 CCD ASS’Y

11 DY1-8273-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, SUB*2 13 DY1-8274-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y

27 DY1-8276-000 000 C 1 COVER, TERMINAL BP-40611 DY1-8282-000 000 C 1 RECORDER UNIT DMC II19 DY1-8283-000 000 E 1 DRUM ASS’Y (3CH)

11 DY1-8379-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEW ELURA20 MC A11 DY1-8381-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y, MAIN NEW ELURA10 A27 DY1-8383-000 000 C 1 CARD, SD SDC-8M ELURA20 MC A

VS1-6307-014 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 14PVS1-6640-021 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 21P

VS1-6640-025 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 25PVS1-6640-027 000 C 4 CONNECTOR, 27PVS1-6640-031 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 31PVS1-6674-005 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 5PVS1-6674-006 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, 6P

Page 167: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

5-33

PARTS LIST

PAGE PART NO. CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION REMARKS

ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

WC4-5155-000 000 C 1 SWITCH, TRIGGERWC5-5134-000 000 C 1 SWITCH, DIALWD1-5062-000 000 D 2 FUSE

17 WG2-5194-000 000 C 1 LCD ASS’Y, CVFWS1-5524-000 000 C 1 JACK, A/V

WS1-5879-000 000 C 1 CONNECTOR, DV23,25 XA1-7140-147 000 F 5 SCREW

3 XA1-7140-207 000 F 2 SCREW7 XA1-7170-207 000 F 5 SCREW

3,7,11,13 XA1-7170-257 000 F 15 SCREW

3,5,7 XA1-7170-307 000 F 7 SCREW3,7 XA1-7170-357 000 F 4 SCREW

3 XA1-7170-407 000 F 1 SCREW7 XA1-7170-607 000 F 1 SCREW5 XA1-7200-457 000 F 2 SCREW

7 XA4-9140-287 000 F 1 SCREW17 XA4-9170-309 000 F 1 SCREW17 XA4-9170-357 000 F 1 SCREW

3,13 XA4-9170-359 000 F 2 SCREW15 XA4-9170-407 000 F 5 SCREW

13 XA4-9170-409 000 F 2 SCREW5 XA4-9170-457 000 F 1 SCREW

15 XA4-9170-609 000 F 2 SCREW5,7 XA9-1000-000 000 F 4 SCREW

3,7,11 XA9-1001-000 000 F 7 SCREW

7 XA9-1002-000 000 F 2 SCREW7,9 XA9-1004-000 000 F 3 SCREW11 XA9-1167-000 000 F 2 SCREW

3,11 XA9-1244-000 000 F 3 SCREW9 XA9-1252-000 000 F 1 SCREW

11 XA9-1260-000 000 F 1 SCREW7 XA9-1274-000 000 F 1 SCREW

15 XD1-1101-825 000 F 1 WASHER23 XD2-1100-102 000 C 1 E RING15 YH7-0200-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, PZ

15 YH7-0201-000 000 C 1 MOTOR, AF15 YH8-0097-000 000 C 1 IG METER ASS’Y

Page 168: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CHAPTER 6. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CONTENTS

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

CAMERA SECTION-1

CAMERA SECTION-2

SYSCON SECTION

SERVO SECTION

AUDIO SECTION

VIDEO SECTION

LCD SECTION

Page 169: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

POWER

CARD

PLAY

VCR

OFFMOVIEP.SCANCARD

REC

( DIG

ITAL

MEC

HANI

CAL C

HASS

IS II

)D

MC

II

MAINCHASSIS

DRUMMOTOR

LOADINGMOTOR

SLIDECHASSIS

VIDEOHEAD

2

20

1 12

3130

19

CN1001CN1000

CN1002

CN4101

BACKLIGHT

EXP

FOCUS

CN4102

FN4101

20P

25P

10P

2P

8P

4P

EJECT SW

MIC UNIT

ZOOMSW

UNIT

2241

1

1

1

10

4

2

25 CN11

CN92CN93

CN91

CN15

CN13

CN14

CN12SD CONNECTOR

SD P.C.B.

SD or MMC

SPEAKER

MAIN DIAL

MULTI P.C.B.

LI P.C.B.

1

1

1 8

2

3940

6CN701

IC801AIF

MAIN DIAL

MENUSW

IC1101DIC4

IC1401CAMERAMI-COM

IC4003SIC

IC4001V53

IC100MAIN

MI-COM

IC2100VIF2

CN3302IC203SUB

MI-COM

IC1502EVF DRIVER

IC2301VIC2

CN3201

CN2000

CN101

CN100

CN1502

CN1401 CN200 CN102

CN1301

CN1402

CN1501

IC3201DC/DC

CONVERTERCONTROL

DCJACK

AV JACK

IC3202DC/DC

CONVERTERCONTROL

CN3301

IC902LCD DRIVER

CN801

CN802

AUDIO P.C.B.

R-KEY UNIT

MAIN P.C.B.

BATTERY TERMINAL

LCD P.C.B.

HALL IC

BACK LIGHT

LCD

JACK FPC

CCD P.C.B. CA P.C.B.

CVF P.C.B.

LCD

1

11 2

27 26

6

26CN903CN901

WP4201 WP4202

CN902

1 8CN1

REMOTE MIC

DUCKING UNIT

1

1

1 2

16

2

2120

1 2

19 20

1101

128

1415

8

IC1601PITCH

SENSORCN302

IC300MOTORDRIVE

IC1601YAW

SENSOR

RU01RECEIVER

(REMOTE CONTROLLER)

SUB P.C.B.

50

33

1

11

1

1

5

1

10

51

2 1

CN304

CN303

CN301

CN300

12

2726

1314

12

1

25 24

1 2

27 26

1 2 3940

12

1 2

6 5

20

1

19

22120

12

3130

21

112

27261

27 26

10

SUB-DMC FPC U

1 2

29 30

LENS UNIT

LCD UNIT

ZOOM MOTOR

FOCUS MOTOR

FOCUS SENS

ZOOM SENS

TEMP SENS

IG METER

33P

51P

5P

27P

26P

40P

6P

20P

20P

31P5P27P6P

31P

16P

21P

26P40P

6P

27P

26P

8P

8P

10P

10P

28P

25P

10P

14P10P

11P

30P FPC

5P FPC

11P FPC

10P FPC

10P FPC

10P

4P

2P

Metal contact (Pins' face down)

Metal contact (Pins' face up)

Metal contact Metal contact

:

:

TP2002SWP TP2001

PB-RF

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 170: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CN112345678BT11BT21

GNDGNDLI 3VSTART/STOP SWPAE/GREENMO5VVTR POWER LEDCAM POWER LED

LI+

LI GND

LI P.C.B.

CN4101123456789

101112131415161718192021

CN4102123456789

10111213141516

FN410112

GNDGNDBL 5VBL 5VCOMGRBBLKHCK1HCK2HSTRGTDWNENSTBVCKVSTVSSVDDVDD

VDDVSSVSTVCKTEST2 (STB)ENTEST1 (DWN)RGTHSTHCK2HCK1BLKBRGCOM

BL 5VLED

CVF P.C.B.

CN901123456CN902

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627CN903

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

PNL BT SWV GNDLCD 3VPNL OPEN SWV GNDLCD 3V

PANEL RPANEL GPANEL BGNDGNDC SYNCSCLK1SOUT1SIN1LCD EEP CSLCD CENPNL OPEN SWPNL BT SWLCD ONLCD BL DNLCD 12VCOM ADJPLL ADJLCD 3VLCD 3VLCD UNREGLCD UNREGLCD UNREGGNDGNDGNDNC

NCCKH1CKH2PCGXPCGHVDDSTHXSTHHVSSCSHGRBPCDNCCSVVVDDENBXENBVVSSSTVXSTVCKV1CKV2COMNC

LCD P.C.B.

CN1000123456789

1011121314151617181920

CCD OUTV2BGNDV2AH2V3BH1V3A+15VV1RGV4GNDGND-7.5VSUBNCNCNCNC

CCD P.C.B.

CN9112345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728CN92

12345678C93

12345678910

GNDEXT MIC LEXT MIC RGNDGNDHP COMHP LHP RGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDLANC OUTLANC DCGNDHP DETEXT DETS DETC I/OGNDY I/OGNDGNDGNDGNDGND

GNDEXT MIC LEXT MIC RGNDGNDHP COMHP LHP R

LANC OUTLANC DCGNDHP DETEXT DETS DETC I/OGNDY I/OGND

MULTI P.C.B.

CN701123456CN801

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940CN802

12345678

GNDLchRchGNDCchGND

GNDGNDGNDGNDAUDIO RAUDIO LA 3VA 3VGNDGNDAUD IGNDAMCLKAUD OLACKWCKGNDGNDGNDGNDSP -SP +VTR UNREGVTR UNREGSCLK2SOUT2DVDD3VAIF CSA EMP1XPD DABEEP LEVSHUTTER1BEEP2BEEP1XPD ADA MUTEAUD ONA EMP2DVDD4.7VEXT CONT

M GNDM LchM RchM GNDM GNDHP COMHP LchHP Rch

AUDIO P.C.B.

CN1001123456789

1011121314151617181920

CN1002123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031

V2BCCD OUTV2AGNDV3BH2V3AH1V1+15VV4RGGNDGNDSUB-7.5VNCNCNCNC

GNDGNDGNDCAM 4.7VCAM 3VCAM 3V36M+15V-7.5VTG NP SELXTG SENVGATEHDVDFIDXTG RSTDSPCLKCAM SCLKCAM SDOXAGC CSD9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0D0

CA P.C.B.

CN11123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425

CN12123456789

101112

CN131234CN14123456789

10CN1512

MMC RSVMMC CMDGNDMMC VDDMMC CLKCARD DETMMC DATLAC OUTGNDGNDSP +SP -PAE/GREENSTART/STOP SWMAIN SW0MAIN SW1MAIN SW2AD KEY2CARD PR0MO 5VVTR POWER LEDLANC DCCAM POWER LEDLI 3VLI 3V

MMC RSVMMC CMDGNDMMC VDDMMC CLKGNDMMC DATMMC DAT1MMC DAT2CARD PROGNDCARD DET

MAIN SW1MAIN SW2GNDMAIN SW0

CAM POWER LEDVTR POWER LEDMO 5VPAE/GREENSTART/STOP SWLI 3VGNDGNDEXPFOCUS

SP -SP +

MMC P.C.B.

CN300123456789

10CN301123456789

1011

CN30212345CN303123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233

CN304123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051

MIC1MIC2C INMIC3GNDREC PRFTR CTR LED ATR LED KTR E

WWCOIL COMGNDSENS COMDPGDFGVVUU

LOAD (+)LOAD (-)NCGNDDEW

WWVVSR LED KSR LED ASR CSR EGNDCFG2GNDCFG1CFG VCCBOT EB EOT CEOT EMSW SENSMSW VCCMSW VSSLED KLED AGNDW+W-H-UUGNDH+V+V-U+U-

DEWGNDGNDMIC ONMIC3MIC2MIC1LMO CONTUNLOADLOADDVDD 3VDVDD 3VDA SREELMO 5VVTR UNREGCAS INDPGDFGDRUM ONDRUM VSDRUM VSREEL LED CONTS REEL FGT REEL FGSELECSLPTAPE LEDCAP FWOCAP VSCAP VSCFGCAP ONDA CFGREC PROOFTAPE ENDTAPE TOPGNDGNDMSW ADTALLY LEDRMC INDVDD 4.7VGNDI SWY OFFSETY GYROCAM GNDCAM GNDP OFFSETP GYROCAM 3VCAM 3V

SUB P.C.B.

CN100123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627

CN101123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425

CN10212345CN200123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627

CN1301123456789

1011121314151617181920

CN1401123456

CAN 3VP GYROP OFFSETGNDGNDY GYROY OFFSETI SWGNDDVDD 4.7VRMC INTALLY LEDMSW ADGNDGNDTAPE TOPTAPE ENDREC PROOFDA CFGCAP ONCFGCAP VSCAP VSCAP FWDTAPE LEDSELCSLPSELCSLP

T REEL FGS REEL FGREEL LED CONTDRUM VSDRUM VSDRUM ONDFGDPGCAS INVTR UNREGMO 5VDA SPEELDVDD 3VDVDD 3VLOADUNLOADLMO CONTMIC1MIC2MIC3MIC ONGNDGNDDEWDEW

AD KEY1DVDD 3VAD KEY0NCGND

LI 3VCAM POWER LEDLANC DCVTR POWER LEDMO 5VCARD PROAD KEY2MAIN SW2MAIN SW1MAIN SW0START/STOP SWPAE/GREENSP -SP +GNDGNDLANC OUTMMC DATMMC VSS2MMC CLKMMC VDDGNDMMC CMDMMC RSVGNDEJECT SWEJECT SW

DRIVE (-)HALL OUT (-)ZOOM BHALL IN (-)ZOOM AHALL OUT (+)ZOOM-AHALL IN (+)ZOOM-BDRIVE (+)TM SENSFOCUS LEDZOOM SENSFOCUS AZOOM LEDFOCUS-AVCCFOCUS-BFOCUS SENSFOCUS B

PHOTOGNDH PHOTOGNDZOOM ADCK 3V

MAIN P.C.B.

CN330112345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940CN3302

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627

GNDGNDGNDGNDAUDIO RAUDIO LA 3VA 3VGNDGNDAUD IGNDAMCLKAUD OLRCKWCKGNDGNDGNDGNDSP -SP +VTR UNREGVTR UNREGSCLK2SOUT2DVDD 3VAIF CSA EMP1XPD DABEEP LEVSHUTTER 1BEEP 2BEEP 1XPD ADA MUTEAUD ONA EMP2DVDD 4.7VEXT CONT

XTPAXTPBTPBTPAGNDGNDAUDIO RGNDGNDGNDAUDIO LGNDPLUG INV I/OGNDGNDY I/OGNDGNDC I/OS DETEXT DETHP DETGNDLANC DC LANC OUTNC

MAIN P.C.B.

CN1402123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728293031

CN1501123456789

101112131415161718192021

CN1502123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627

CN2000123456789

10CN3201123456789

1011121314

D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9XAGC CSCAM SDOCAM SCLKDSPCLKXTG RSTFIDVDHDVGATEXTG SENTG NP SELCCD -7.5VCCD 15V36MCAM 3VCAM 3VCAM 4.7VGNDGNDGNDGND

VDDVSSVSTVCKSTBENDWNRGTHSTHCK2HCK1BLKBRGCOMBL 5VBL 5VGNDGNDNC

GNDGNDGNDLCD UNREGLCD UNREGLCD UNREGLCD 3VLCD 3VPLL ADJCOM ADJLCD 12VLCD BL ONLCD ONPNL BT SWPNL OPEN SWLCD CENLCD EEP CSSIN1SOUT1SCLK1C SYNCGNDGNDPANEL BPANEL GPANEL RNC

HA GNDH1AH1BHA GNDH2AH2BHA GNDH3AH3BHA GND

BATT -BATT -BATT -BATT -BATT -BATT -BATT INFO ADBATT E3BATT +BATT +BATT +BATT +BATT +BATT +

MAIN P.C.B.

INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

Page 171: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

8

16

6

2

1

4

3

7

14

15

10

12

9SDO

SCK

75

6 810

9 1412

13

11.5V

3

2

7

46

5

13

2

SDO

SCK

XTG SEN

TG NP SEL

HD

V GATE

FID

VD

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

8

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V CAM 4.7V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 3V

5 14

4

6 12

32

1

5

42

1

5

42

1

8

72

1

36

5

4

5

Z RSTF RST

LED RETIRIS GAINTM SENS

DA LOAD

I ENC

SDO2

SCK TAD

IC1304mPD16877MA

MOTOR DRIVE

IC1303(2/2)

IC1302(3/3)

IC1302(2/3)

IC1303NJM3414AV

OPE AMP(1/2)

IC1302LMV324MTOPE AMP

(1/3)

IC1404MB88347LPFV

D/A CONVERTER(EVR)

IC1003HD49325BHFCDS/AGC/AD

IC1001CXD2488AR

TIMING GENERATOR

IC1000ICX250AQ

CCD

IC1009TC7SH08FU

IC1006TC7WH08FU

IC1005TLC2933IPW

IC1008TC7SET08FU

IC1007TC7SET08FU

DRIVE(+ )

TM SENSZOOM LED

VCC

CN130110171115

FOCUS LEDHALL IN(- )

12481

HALL IN(+ )DRIVE(- )

HALL OUT(- )HALL OUT(+ )

FOCUS A

FOCUS SENS

FOCUS B

ZOOM-AZOOM B

FOCUS-A

ZOOM SENS

FOCUS-B

ZOOM-B

ZOOM A

265739

141620181913

CCD OUT

V1V2A

VSUB

CN10001

16104

V2BV3A

286

12V3BV4H1H2

+15V-7.5V

RG

75

119

15

CCD OUT

V1V2A

VSUB

CN10012

1593

V2BV3A

175

11V3BV4H1H2

+15V

CCD +15V

-7.5V

CCD -7.5V

RG

86

121016

VOUT

Q1000Q1001

SUB

V1

V2A

V2B

V3A

V3B

V4

H1

H2

RG

VDD

VL

OUT4A

OUT3B

OUT3A VDD

IN3

IN4

IN1

IN2

EN1

EN2

13ZA

ZB

FA

FB

F PSB

Z PSB

24

15

9

11

10

12

EN3 14

EN4 16

VM1 1

VM4 8

5

19

7

OUT4B17

OUT1A2

IE2

IE1

OFFSET2 A3V

D3V

LD

SCK

D1

8

9

12

13

14

10

4

5

OFFSET6

DRIVE7

OUT1B23

OUT2A4

OUT2B

ZOOM B

ZOOM-A

ZOOM A

ZOOM-B

FOCUS A

FOCUS-A

FOCUS B

FOCUS-B21

SUB

V2A

V3A

V4

H1

V1

V2B

V3B

H2

RG

SHD

SHP

PB OBP

DUM

C

DVDD

15

AVDD

31

AVDD

41

AVDD

38

DVDD

46CAM 4.7V

+15VCAM3V

-7.5V

CAM 4.7V

CAM 3V+15V

CAM 3V

-7.5VD0D1D2D3D4

D9XAGC CS

SDO

D6D7

SCKCLK 36M

D8

D5

DSPCLKTG NP SELXTG SENV GATE

HDVDFID

XTG RST

45689

302928272625242322212019187

1710111213141516

MO 5V

CN1002TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.CN1402

CAM 3V

SDATA 45

SCLK 44

CS 43

D2 4

D1 3

D0

SEN

HDI

FID

NTSC/PAL

V GATE

VDI

SSI

CKI

SSCK

RST

MCKO

2

D5 7

D4 6

D3 5

D8

D910

11

D7

D6 8

9

20 17 23

ADCK

161819

26 CDSCCDOUT

A/D

CONTROL

AGC

AVD1

AVD2

DSG

ATE

VDD2

VDD1

SHD

PBLK

CLPD

M

SHP

OBP

7

6

30

32

36

27

28

29

3

25

34

33

13

40

9

12

46

47

43

44

39

41

4 48 24

VH

42

VL

+15V-7.5V

VccVcc

VccVcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

451614

21 15 341718

TIMINGGENERATOR

CONTROL

1/2

VCOPD

LPF

C1042,R1031

Q1301

Q1302

Q1302

ZOOMRESET

TEMPSENSOR

FOCUSMOTOR

IGMETER

ZOOMMOTOR

CCD

TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1401

FROMCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1401

FROMCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1401

FROMCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1104

TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1105

TOCAMERA SECTION-2MAIN P.C.B.IC1401

FOCUSRESET

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL

DATA COMMUNICATION

MAIN P.C.B.

CA P.C.B.

CCD P.C.B.

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

-

CAMERA SECTION-1 ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 172: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

IC1101F722504D

DIC 4

IC1301TK11140S

REGULATER

IC1105TC7WH08FK

IC1104TC7WH08FK

IC1401M31011MB

CAMERA MI-COM

IC1402PST596JNR

RESET

IC1403AK6416AMEEPROM

IC100 (2/3)

MAIN MI-COM

DM-IXY DV2ELURA20 MC ADM-MV4i MC E

ELURA10 ADM-MV4 EDM-MV4i E

M32120MCWGD52A MC32120MCWGD52B

IC1102MB81F161622C

SDRAM

DM-IXY DV2ELURA20 MC ADM-MV4i MC EONLY

ELURA10 ADM-MV4 EDM-MV4i EONLY

IC4000MBM29LV800BA

8MFLASH

IC4001UPD70236AGC

V53

IC1605TC75W51FU

OPE AMP

IC4003KS4MOU1298MBP

SIC

IC4002MB81F161622C

SDRAM

IC1603(1/2)TC7W66FU

SWITCH

IC1602ENC 03JB

YAW SENSOR

IC1601ENC 03JA

PITCH SENSOR

IC1603(2/2)

137 139138 140 143142 144 145 148147 149 115114 116 119117 120 122121 124 127125 128 130129 131 132 2 9 1211 39 42403 65 8 43 4645 48 1949 20 2221 23 27 3124 28 3029

DM-IXY DV2ELURA20 MC ADM-MV4i MC EONLY

Vcc

OUT VC

Vcc

OUT VC21

75

3

6

8Vcc

Vcc

51

4

35

6

71

2

8Vcc

35

6

71

2

8Vcc

5 6

3

MMC P.C.B.(1/2)

ZOOM SW UNIT

SUB P.C.B.(1/2)

MAIN P.C.B.

MMC

MMC VSS2CN200

19

MMC DAT

21 MMC VDD24 MMC RSV1823 MMC CMD20 MC CLK

CARD DETCN12

12

MMC DAT

4 MMC VDD1 MMC RSV72 MMC CMD5 MC CLK

CARD DETCN11

6

MMC DAT

4MMC VDD1MMC RSV72MMC CMD5

19MC CLK

6 CARD PRO10 CARD PRO CARD PRO

DQM

155

MEM CNT0 151

VDD

DVDD 3V

1

VDD 25

VDDQ 38

VDDQ 44

VDDQ 50

FM CLK

MEM CNT3

152

156

113

17

RESEVE 1 149

SIC CS 14

RESEVE 2 78

RESEVE 3 159

SIC REQ 148

SIC PSB 12

SIC BBUSSEL 11

SIC RESET 10

MMC ON 13

MMC DET 196

CARD PRO 197

16

18

17

15

35

14

CH1 OUT5 98

VDD S1 33

VDD S4 101

VDD S5 126

VDD S6 157

VDD S7 168

CH1 OUT0 92

CH1 OUT1 93

CH1 OUT2 94

CH1 OUT3 95

CH1 OUT4 97

CH2 1 103

CH2 2 104

CH2 3 105

CH2 4 106

CH2 5 107

CH2 6 110

CH2 7 111

CH2 0 102

F MODE 4 170

FI OUT 85

VD OUT 41

MCL KEN 5

XSYSRST 159

F MODE 1 172

F MODE 2 174

F MODE 0 169

C to M DATA 86

M to C SCLK 84

M to C DATA 85

DIC

TDI

104

AVCC

182

VCCP

157

VCCP

140

VCCB

130

VCCP

101

VCCP

88

VCCP

56

VCCB

48

VCCB

34

VCC

B

16

VCCV

1

6

TMS

105

TCK

109

D to C DATA 93

C to D DATA 94

DIC SCLK 92

FIC CS 40

DIC CS 39

PWM CS 41

SHUTTER1 72

DIC READ 42

ZOOM KEY 188

CAM REQ 145

CAM DIC RST 27

CAM RX 38

CAM CS 36

CAM SS TMG1 132

CAM SS TMG2

SI

131

183

DIC4 RST DET 37

1843

CS

RAS

WE

36 UDQM

CAS

LDQM

CLK

29 ADIN0

ADIN1

ADIN2

ADIN3

ADIN4

ADIN5

ADIN6

ADIN7

ADIN8

31

30

32

35

34

37

ADIN9

39

38

40

DIC2S CS96

DIC2S I /F CONT95

DIC2S FI53

DIC2S VD152

MCL KEN164

DIC XSYSRST153

CAM/DIC/SIC SCK97

CAM/DIC/SIC SO99

CAM/SIC SI98

CAM REQ156

CAM DIC RST198

CAM CS154

CAM RX52

CAM SS TMG154

CAM SS TMG255

CAM M RST136

LED RET21

DA LOAD14

I ENC187

Z PSB23

F PSB22

Z RES SW25

F RES SW24

XTG RST13

SDI098

SDO099

SCLK097

XEEP CS31

X EEP WP32

EEP RB

Vcc

33

XVD143

XAGC CS15

FID43

IRIS GAIN20

TM SENS189

49 103

SCK

164

SDO

SDI

XCE

3

XCE

2

XCE

1

READ

86165

JTAG

TCK

180

JTAG

TDI

177

JTAG

TMS

176

JTAG

TDO

175

NT X

PL S

EL

Y G

YRO

P G

YRO

I SW

180

VCCR

150

VCC

124

PLL

VCC

120

OCS

VCC

100

VCC

1

VCC

X OUT

RESE

T

X IN

DQ0

DQ15 A0A0

HALF PHOTO SW

PHOTO SW

AA M00

M0

F AA

VDDQ

VDDQ

VDDQ

VDD

VDD

TGCLK77

C1112,R1117C1113,R1118

IC1106,X1101

PD141

MCLK

VICCLK

HD

VD

FI

72

PWM FB79

PWM FA76

PWM ZB82

PWM ZA80

87

27

20

26

SCLK280

TOCAMERA SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.

TOCAMERA SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.IC1304

TOCAMERA SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.CN1301-13,19pin

TOCAMERA SECTION-1MAIN P.C.B.IC1404-13,14pin

SDO282

V GATE16

XTG SEN12

TG NP SEL11

FROM SS SECTION (MAIN P.C.B.)

TO VIDEO SECTION (MAIN P.C.B.)

10

121

OUT IN

118

123

+15V

CAM 3V

MO 5V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

-7.5V

CAM 3V

P GYROI SW

Y GYRO

CN1001628

CAM 3V

P GYROI SW

Y GYRO

CN304

50CAM 3V51

454943

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

H PHOTOPHOTO

ZOOM AD

CN14016

T

W

531

CAM 4.7VTOCAMERA SECTION-1CA P.C.B.CN1002 CAM 3V

+15V

CAM 3V

-7.5VD0D1D2D3D4

D9XAGC CSCAM SDO

D6D7

CAM SCK

CAM SDOCAM SCK

CAM SCK

CAM SDO

CLK 36M

D8

D5

DSPCLKTG NP SELXTG SENV GATE

HDVDFID

XTG RST

2726252322123456789

10111213241421201918171615

CN1402

CH1 OUT6 99

CH1 OUT7 100

3

2

X140120MHz

1

54

3

SO 4

SCK 2

WP 6

CS 1

R/B 7

2

57

56

FMCE

DRMX A00

DRMX A01

DRMX A02

DRMX A03

DRMX A04

DRMX A05

DRMX A06

DRMX A07

DRMX A08

DRMX A09

DRMX A10

DRMX A11

CAS

RAS

DRWL

DRMDQMU

DRMDQML

DRMXCKE

DRMXCLK

FMOE

FMWE

X IN

140

GP1

16

GP2

120

GP3

124

SB REQ

125

SB SD0

160

PW SAVE

161

BBUSSEL

170

RESET1

171

SB SCK

172

SB SDI

173

SB SE

174

TCK

175

TDI

23

TMS

24

25

TRST

TDO

26

27

CHV A0151

CHV A1152

CHV A2153

CHV A3154

CHV A4155

CHV A5157

CHV A6158

CHV A7

ADATA0ADATA1ADATA2ADATA3

DIC 1.7V+15V-7.5V

CARD 3V

ADATA4ADATA5ADATA6ADATA7

159

CHV B0141

CHV B1142

CHV B2143

CHV B3144

CHV B4145

CHV B5146

CHV B6

CHV B7

BDATA0BDATA1BDATA2BDATA3BDATA4BDATA5BDATA6BDATA7

147

148

MC DT118

MC CMO

MC CLK

117

116

VDD11

VDD321

VDD440

VDD554

VDD666

VDD767

VDD982

VDD1090

VDD1198

VDD12107

VDD13112

VDD14121

VDD15130

VDD8

VDD16

68

131

VDD17139

VDD18

VDD19

156

176

CHD A0162

CHD A1163

CHD A2164

CHD A3165

CHD A4166

CHD A5167

CHD A6168

CHD A7169

CHD B0132

CHD B1133

CHD N2134

CHD N3135

CHD B4136

CHD B5137

CHD B6138

95

96

101

97

100

102

103

34

35

36

37

38

39

48

49

50

51

52

53

62

63

64

65

CXD00

CXD01

CXD02

CXD03

CXD04

CXD05

CXD06

CXD07

CXD08

CXD09

CXD10

CXD11

CXD12

CXD13

CXD14

CXD15

CXA00

CXA01

CXA02

CXA03

CXA04

CXA05

CXA06

CXA07

CXA08

CXA09

CXA10

CXA11

CXA12

CXA13

28

29

28

30

31

32

33

42

43

44

45

46

47

56

57

CXA14

CXA15

CXA16

CXA17

CXA18

CXA19

58

59

60

61

72

73

BCYST

CPUCKI

DSTB

HLDAK

MXIO

RXW

UBE

JPHACK

JPHRD

JPHWR

QINT

JPHREQ

RESETO

READY

5

6

5

7

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

20

115

111

110

HLDRQ

CPUMCK

CONIRQ

BS16

109

106

105

104

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

84

85

86

87

88

89

92

CHD B7

DVDD3V

CARD 3V

DVDD

CARD 3V

CARD 3V

CARD 3V

36MHz

LPF

VCXO

CAM 3V

(NTSC) (PAL)

CAM 3V

CAM 2.3VCAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CARD 3V

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

DQ8

DQ9

DQ10

DQ11

DQ12

DQ13

DQ14

LDQM

36

CKE

14

CLK

34

35

A021

A122

A223

A324

A427

A528

A629

A730

A831

A932

A1020

A1119

/CAS16

/RAS17

/WE15

39

40

42

43

45

46

48

49DQ15

125133844

2

3

5

6

8

9

11

12

UDQM

XWE

XOE

11

XCE

28

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

8

7

6

A115

A124

A133

A142

A151

A1648

A17

A18

17

16

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

37

29

31

33

35

38

40

42

44

30

32

DQ0

DQ1

DQ2

DQ3

DQ4

DQ5

DQ6

DQ7

DQ8

DQ9

DQ10

DQ11

DQ12

DQ13

DQ14

DQ15

VCC

34

36

39

41

43

45

91

92

93

94

97

98

99

100

101

102

104

105

106

107

109

110

111

112

113

A19114

A20117

BCYST61

CLKOUT

XDSTB

46

62

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

12

55

56

64

3

58

57

17

2

51

40

11

49

17

42

HLDRQ

X1

INTP3

XBS8/BS16

HLDAK

M/XIO

R/XW

XUBE

XDMAAKO

XIORD

XIOWR

INTP3

DMARQO

XRESET

XREADY

71

72

74

75

76

77

79

80

81

82

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

83

84

83

87

88

89

90

18

48

66

VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD

78

86

96

108

118

VIC VD19Q4001

Q4000

Q4002

Q4003

Q101

Q102

Q103

Q104

CAM 3V

CAM 3V

CAM 2.3V

DVDD 3V

DIC 1.7V

+15V

7.5V

CARD 3V

2 1

7

8

4 2

1

4 2

1

TCK27M

SHUTTER1

VIC VD

VIC TDOTMS

T RST

CAM ONCAM 3V

CAM 2.3VDVDD 3V

ZOOM

PHOTO

DRM A(0)

DRM A(1)

DRM A(2)

DRM A(3)

DRM A(4)

DRM A(5)

DRM A(6)

DRM A(7)

DRM A(8)

DRM A(9)

DRM A(10)

DRM A(11)

DRM A(0)

DRM A(1)

DRM A(2)

DRM A(3)

DRM A(4)

DRM A(5)

DRM A(6)

DRM A(7)

DRM A(8)

DRM A(9)

DRM A(10)

DRM A(11)

CPU D(0)

CPU D(1)

CPU D(2)

CPU D(3)

CPU D(4)

CPU D(5)

CPU D(6)

CPU D(7)

CPU D(8)

CPU D(9)

CPU D(10)

CPU D(11)

CPU D(12)

CPU D(13)

CPU D(14)

CPU D(15)

CPU A(1)

CPU A(2)

CPU A(3)

CPU A(4)

CPU A(5)

CPU A(6)

CPU A(7)

CPU A(8)

CPU A(9)

CPU A(10)

CPU A(11)

CPU A(12)

CPU A(13)

CPU A(14)

CPU A(15)

CPU A(16)

CPU A(17)

CPU A(18)

CPU A(20)

CPU A(0)

CPU A(1)

CPU A(2)

CPU A(3)

CPU A(4)

CPU A(5)

CPU A(6)

CPU A(7)

CPU A(8)

CPU A(9)

CPU D(0)

CPU D(1)

CPU D(2)

CPU D(3)

CPU D(4)

CPU D(5)

CPU D(6)

CPU D(7)

CPU D(8)

CPU D(9)

CPU D(10)

CPU D(11)

CPU D(12)

CPU D(13)

CPU D(14)

CPU D(15)

CPU D(0)

CPU D(1)

CPU D(2)

CPU D(3)

CPU D(4)

CPU D(5)

CPU D(6)

CPU D(7)

CPU D(8)

CPU D(9)

CPU D(10)

CPU D(11)

CPU D(12)

CPU D(13)

CPU D(14)

CPU D(15)

CPU A(0)

CPU A(1)

CPU A(2)

CPU A(3)

CPU A(4)

CPU A(5)

CPU A(6)

CPU A(7)

CPU A(8)

CPU A(9)

CPU A(10)

CPU A(11)

CPU A(12)

CPU A(13)

CPU A(14)

CPU A(15)

CPU A(16)

CPU A(17)

CPU A(18)

CPU A(19)

CPU A(20)

CPU A(10)

CPU A(11)

CPU A(12)

CPU A(13)

CPU A(14)

CPU A(15)

CPU A(16)

CPU A(17)

CPU A(18)

CPU A(19)

CPU D(0)

CPU D(1)

CPU D(2)

CPU D(3)

CPU D(4)

CPU D(5)

CPU D(6)

CPU D(7)

CPU D(8)

CPU D(9)

CPU D(10)

CPU D(11)

CPU D(12)

CPU D(13)

CPU D(14)

CPU D(15)

RESERVE 1

RESERVE 2

RESERVE 3

SIC REQ

SIC PSB

SIC CS

SIC BBUSSEL

SIC RESET

MMC ON

MMC DET

CARD PRO

RESERVE 3

SIC REQ

SIC PSB

SIC BBUSSEL

SIC RESET

SIC TO M

SIC CS

SIC SCK

M TO SIC

TCK

VIC TDO

TMS

T RST

27M

SIC TDO

RESERVE 1

RESERVE 2

ADATA0

ADATA1

ADATA2

ADATA3

ADATA4

ADATA5

ADATA6

ADATA7

BDATA0

BDATA1

BDATA2

BDATA3

BDATA4

BDATA5

BDATA6

BDATA7ADATA0

ADATA1

ADATA2

ADATA3

ADATA4

ADATA5

ADATA6

ADATA7

BDATA0

BDATA1

BDATA2

BDATA3

BDATA4

BDATA5

BDATA6

BDATA7

CAM SCKM to C

C to M

SIC SCKM TO SICSIC TO M

CAM SCK

M to C

C to M

ZB

ZA

FB

FA

CAM 3V

TCKTMS

SIC TDO

DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNALDATA COMMUNICATIONCAMERA SECTION-2 ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 173: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL

CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

MAIN P.C.B.

IC3203TK71548S

4.7V REGULATOR

IC3219TK1128S

2.8V REGULATOR

IC101S-80928AMP

R KEY FPC

IC100 (1/3)

MAIN MI-COM

DM-IXY DV2ELURA20 MC ADM-MV4i MC E

M32120MCWGD52AELURA10 ADM-MV4 EDM-MV4i E

MC32120MCWGD52B

REG. LPF

LPF

LPF

1 IN OUT 2

3

Q3202REGULATOR

2

1

1

1

1

3

456

CCD -7.5V

CCD 15V

LCD 12V

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

LPF

MO 5V

VTR UNREG

LPF DVDD 4.7V

HA 4.7V

5 INON

OUT 4

1

DIF 3V

HA 3V

DVDD 3V

A 3V

CARD 3V

LCD 3V

LPF

LPF

DIC 1.7V

DVDD 1.7V

LPF

LPF

Q3227

AVDD 2.3V

DVDD 2.3V

LPF CAM 2.3V

LPF

Q3227

Q3205Q3201SW

CAM 3VBATTERY

PACK

SW4

SW5

SW6

SW2

SW3

DVDD 3V

PLAY/PAUSE

REC.P

SW1STOP

FF

DE ON/OFF

REW

AD KEY1CN1

1AD KEY0 3DVDD 3V 2

AD KEY1CN102

1AD KEY03DVDD 3V2

CAM 3VCAM 2.3VDVDD 3VDIC 1.7V

+ 15V- 7.5V

CARD 3V

VTR UNREGE 3V

DVDD 1.7VLCD 3V

LCD 12VAVDD 2.3V

A 3VHA 4.7VHA 3V

DVDD 4.7VDVDD 3V

DIF 3V

DA CFGDA S REEL

LCD ONLCD BL ONEVF BL ON

REC CTL

BATT INFO

E 3V

CAM 3V

VTR UNREGE 3VDVDD 1.7VLCD 3VLCD 12VAVDD 2.3VA 3VHA 4.7VHA 3VDVDD 4.7VDVDD 3VDIF 3V

CAM 2.3VDVDD 3VDIC 1.7V+ 15V- 7.5VCARD 3V

CN32017

+BD-

BATT E38BATT +14BATT +13BATT +12BATT +11BATT +10BATT +9BATT -6BATT -5BATT -4BATT -3BATT -2BATT 1

CH1

IC3201MB3825APFF

DC/DC CONVERTORCONTROL

39

46

CH2

36

50

CH3

33

56

CH4

19

57

CH5

16

64

CH6

11

410

CERR

15

14

21

19

1613

11

10

3

VCC

6 ON/OFFOUT 1

OUT 2

OUT 3

ON/OFF

ON/OFF

30

29

9 VCC

21SW F

14 VCC

28 VCC

51 VCC

63 VCC

42 VCC

DERR

DSC

ON/OFF

4

OSC

Q3209Q3213L3217

Q3212L3216

Q3211Q3214L3218

REG.

CAM ON

Q3208

Q3210

Q3210

REG.

IC3202AN8049FHN

DC/DC COVETORCONTROL

Q3216REGULATOR

2 3

456

1

Q3206REGULATOR

2 3

456

1

Q3207REGULATOR

2 3

5 46

Q3204REGULATOR

2 3

456

Q3203REGULATOR

2 3

456

SW F

DVDD 3V

IC202TL 1596CPW

LANC INTERFACE

4

PW C

ONT

8

VCC

VTRUNREG

Q204E 3V

Q202

Q202

12

10

1

DATACONT

LIMITER5.6VREG

Q105SWITCH

137

180

174DRUM ON

1501001

DVDD 2.3V

DVDD 3V

182

AVCC

140

VCCP

101

VCCP

88

VCCP

66

VCCP

130

VCCB

48

VCCB

34

VCCB

16

VCCB

6

VCCB

157

VCCP

169CAP ON

171CAP FWD

175SELCSLP

168LMO CONT

166UNLOAD

165LOAD

193MSW A/D

183DEW DETECT

172TAPE LED

176REEL LED CONT

63REC PROOF SW

62CASSETTE IN SW

192TAPE END A/D

191TAPE TOP A/D

190T REEL FG

189S REEL FG

186KEY AD2

59PAE/GREEN SW

58START/STOP

91MAIN EEPROM CS

92OSDC/EEPROM/DA SCK

93OSDC/EEPROM/DA SO

94SOUT1

X OUT

121

191174 PWMD

DVDD 3V

AVDD 2.3V

VCC

VCC

VCC

DIF 3V

PWMC151

RFGT

172RFGS

T REEL FG

S REEL FG

153DFG

130DPG

132CFG

1

2

3

1

2

3

X IN

123

CAM PW ON

184 KEY AD0

185 KEY AD1

DIAL CCW

DIAL CW

EXECUTE187 KEY AD3

65 DIAL CCW SW

64 DIAL CW SW

146 SUB REQ

147 SUB CS

84 AIF/VIF/SUB SCK

85 SUB SI

86

SCK

SI

SOAIF/VIF/SUB SO

118 RESET IN

82 LANC OUT

81 LONC IN

RESET

IC801AUDIO INTERFACE

IC2100VIF 2

(AV SECTION)

DVDD 3V

2 1

3

IC2301MBG102

VIC2

TALLY LED 29

VTR UNREG42BATT AD

20CAS IN

23LI3 DET

30MIC ON

37MIC3

10MIC SCL

38MIC2

11MIC SDA

39MIC1

4E3V DETECT

16 X IN

17 XOUT

13 XCIN

14 XCOUT

44

41BATT INFO AD

28CAM PW LED

27VTR PW LED

26MAIN SW 0

25MAIN SW 1

VTR PW LED

CAM PW LED

24MAIN SW 2

21EJECT SW

VREF

43VCC

15

2RMC PULSE IN

6 LANC PW CONT

22

LANC

ON

34 REC CTL

31 EVF BL ON

47 LCD BL ON

46 LCD ON

48 VTR ON

9 SOUT2

8 SIN2SO

SI

SCK

SCK

SO

7 SCLK2

3 SUB REQ

1 SUB CS

RESET

X2024MHz

X10020MHz

X20132.768KHz

IC203M37516M4

SUB MI-COM

TO AV SECTION

TO CAMERA SECTION

2

SW101

MENU DIAL

1

3

6

5

4

PAE/GREENCN200

12START/STOP SW 11

AD KEY 2 7MO 5VMO 5V 5LI 3V 1

CAM PW LED 2VTR PW LED 4MAIN SW 0 10MAIN SW 1 9MAIN SW 2 8EJECT SW 26EJECT SW 27

LANC DCCN3302

25LANC OUT 26

EJECTEJECT

MENU

SW102

DVDD 4.7VDVDD 4.7VCN100

10RMC IN 11

TALLY LED 12CAP VS 22CAP VS 23CAP ON 20

REC PROOF 18CAP FWD 24SEL CSLP 26SELCSLP 27

CFG 21MSW AD 13

TAPE LED 25TAPE END 17TAPE TOP 16

DA CFG 19

DRUM VSCN101

4DRUM VS 5DRUM ON 6

DPG 8DFG 7

LMO CONT 17UNLOAD 16

LOAD 15S REEL TG 2T REEL TG 1

DEW 24DEW 25

CAS IN 9REEL LED CONT 3

MIC ON 21MIC 3 20MIC 2 19MIC 1 18

DA S REEL 12VTR UNREGVTR UNREG 10

MO 5VMO 5V 11DVDD 3V 13DVDD 3VDVDD 3V 14

4

Q201

8

7

81

VCCXCS

2XCK

3DI

4DO

RESET

GND

6

5

3

6

5

2

IC200S 8423RFS

E3V REG. & RESET

IC201AK5440BHEEPROM

VOLTAGEDETECT

3V REG

VTR UNREG

DVDD3.0V

3V REGSW

LITHIUM 3VRESET

Q207

Q207

VOLTAGEDETECT

E 3V

CAM ON

DERR

CERR

D VS

C VS

DRUM VS

DPG

CAP VS

CPG

DFG

FU2302

FU2301

4 31 2

4 31 2

14

11

TOSERVO SECTIONSUB P.C.B. (2/2)CN304

TOSERVO SECTIONMMC P.C.B. (2/3)CN11

TOSERVO SECTIONMULTI P.C.B. (1/2)CN93

DATA COMMUNICATION

SYSCON SECTION ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 174: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL

DRUM SERVO SIGNAL SUB P.C.B. (2/2)

MMC P.C.B.(2/3)

MULTI P.C.B.(1/2)LI P.C.B.

DMC I I

PGFG

FG

DRUMMOTOR

LOADINGMOTOR

CAPSTANMOTOR

MAINDIAL

REMOTE CONTROLER

MODE SW

S-REEL

T-REEL

DEW SENSOR

MIC

SAFETYSW

CASSETTE IN SW

CN301U 11U 10V 9V 8W 2W 1

COIL COM 3DPG 6DFG 7

SENS COM 5

CN302LOAD (+) 1LOAD (-) 2

DEW 5

CN300TR E 1TR C 4

TR LED A 3TR LED K 2REC PRF 5

C IN 8MIC3 7MIC2 9MIC1

DVDD3V

DVDD 4.7V

DVDD 3VLED 01

DVDD 3V

MICON

Q303SWITCH

Q306

Q304 Q302

10

CN303U 7U 8V 30V 31W 32W 33U+ 2U- 1V+ 4V- 3W+ 11W- 10H+ 5H- 9

C FG1 22C FG2 24

SR LED ADVDD 3.0V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

DVDD 3V

LOD (+ )

DVDD 3VDVDD 3V

LOD (- )

28SR LED K 29

SR E 26SR C 27

B&EOT C 19EOT E 18BOT E 20LED A 13LED K 14

MSW VSS 15MSW VCC 16

MSW SENS 17

IC301S 81256GPU

5.6V REGULATOR

IC300LB1190W

MOTOR DRIVE

60

16

28

59

58

56

23

30

DVS

CVS

DRUM ON

U

W

COM

DPG

VU,V,W,

DRIVER

POWERSW

POWERSW

FWD/RVSSW

DRIVERDECORDER

TIMINGCONT

POSITIONDETECT

PG AMP

U.V.W.DRIVER

HALLPOWER

35

44

22

2

40

12

36

4

9

8

64

3

SELCSLP

VCC1

DVDD3.0V

32

31

41

55

3 3

DPG

V REG

VCC2

U

53V

51

50

49

W

U+

U-

48

47

V+

V-

46

45

42

43

W+

W-

10

11

7

6

2

RU01

3

H+

37CFG2

LOD-

LOD+

38

61

5

63

CFG1

VCC POW 5V

H-

INOUT VTR UNREG

PG AMP

CN11 CN14

MO 5V

PAE/GREEN 4START/STOP SW 5

FOCUS 10EXP 9

MO 5V 3LI 3V 6

CAM PW LED 1VTR PW LED 2

CN13MAIN SW 0 4MAIN SW 1 1MAIN SW 2 2

PAE/GREEN13START/STP SW14

CN93 CN91TODOCKING UNIT

LANC DC 16LANC OUT 15

LANC DC2LANC OUT1

AD KEY 218MO 5V20LI 3V24LI 3V25

CAM PW LED23VTR PW LED21MAIN SW 015MAIN SW 116MAIN SW 217

CN1

SW2

SW1

MO 5V

POWER

PAE/GREEN5START/STOP SW4

MO 5V6LI 3V

CAM PW LEDVTR PW LED

387

FOCUS EXPPAE/GREEN

START/STOP

LITHIUMBATTERY

DVDD 4.7VCN304

41RMC IN40

TALLY LED39CAP VS29CAP VS28CAP ON31

REC PROOF33CAP FWD27SELCSLP25

CFG30MSW AD38

TAPE LED26TAPE END34TAPE TOP35

DA CFG32DRUM VS21DRUM VS20DRUM ON19

DPG17DFG18

LMO CONT8UNLOAD9

LOAD10S REEL TG23T REEL TG24

DEW1CAS IN16

REEL LED CONT22MIC ON4MIC 35MIC 26MIC 17

DA S REEL13VTR UNREG15

MO 5V14DVDD 3V12DVDD 3V11

DVDD 4.7V

VTR UNREG

MO 5V

DVDD 3V

Q300

Q307

Q307

Q305

EOT DET

Q301

BOT DET

DFGDPG

DRUM VS

CFG

CAP VS

TOSYSCON SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN100

TOSYSCON SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN101

TOSYSCON SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN3302

TOSYSCON SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN200

SERVO SECTION ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 175: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

DV SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL

ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

A 3V SP 5V

5V

DVDD 4.7V

5V

DVDD 4.7V

A 4.7V

VCC VCC VREFL

AUDIO P.C.B.

MULTI P.C.B. (2/2) JACK FPC

11

15 16

2 1 63 62 61 60

25

56

32

27

38

30

43

64

17 18 19 20 58

53

552321

13

6

4

3

1452

50

49

28

29

48

47

51

42

Q852,Q853,Q854

Q801Q802

IC803Q851

Q803Q804Q805

MUTEOFF

DELAY

DATA COMMUNICATION

MICUNIT

TODOCKINGUNIT

IC802PCM3006A/D, D/A

CONVERTER

IC801LA74200W

AUDIOINTERFACE

IC701(2/2)NJM4580E

BUFFER

IC701(1/2)NJM4580E

L.P.F.

EXT CONT

CN801

56

3987

111440351516301329

3128252638

3433323622212324

+

HPF

HPF

ALC

LPF

MUTEMUTE

MUTE

L

L

R

MUTE

BUZZER SHUTTER

RMUTE

MUTE

MUTE

HP COM

ALC

MUTE

MUTE

MATRIX

LPF

LPF

LPF

EVR

EVR

AV DATA

LOGICCONTROL

39

MUTE 46

AV CLK 41

AIF CS 44

Q855

Q808,Q809,Q810,Q811

Q812,Q813Q814,Q815

Q856

REF

REF

EXT

EXT

EXT

INT

INTINT

EXT

INT

ON

ON

OFFWIND CUT

OFFWIND CUT

PB

ALCOFF

ALCOFFMIC

MIC

LINE

LINE

REC

REC

PB

MASTER CLOCK

6

12

7

11

8

9

DE-EMP0 18

DE-EMP1 17

3

15

10

SERIALI/O

D/A

19

20

A 3V

DVDD 4.7VA/D

6

57

2

31

A M CLK

VTR UNREGVTR UNREG

SP -SP +

A MUTESHUTTER 1

BEEP 2BEEP 1

BEEP LEVELAIF CS

S CLK 2S OUT 2A EMP 2A EMP 1

XPD DA

AUD OAUD I

EXT CONT

LRCKWCK

XPD AD

AUDIO RAUDIO L

DVDD 4.7VA 3VA 3V

CN701MIC L4

L

R

CMIC C5MIC R2

CN8028 HP R2 EXT MIC L7 HP L36

EXT MIC RHP COM

CN928HP R2EXT MIC L7HP L36

EXT MIC RHP COM

CN939Y I /O7C I /O6S DET54

EXT DETHP DET

CN9123 Y I /O21 C I /O20 S DET191882736

EXT DETHP DET

HP REXT MIC L

HP LEXT MIC R

HP COM

P-ON/OFFMUTE

5VREGURATOR

A 3V

VDD

543

6

21

VIDEO

DETAUDIO R

AUDIO L

CN3401DV

TERMINAL

TOVIDEO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B. (2/3:CAMERA, SS SECTION)CN3302

TOVIDEO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B. (2/3:CAMERA, SS SECTION)CN3301

BEEPLEVEL

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

AUDIO SECTION ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 176: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

DV SIGNALDIGITAL (VIDEO + AUDIO) SIGNAL

DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNALANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL

DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNALANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL

COM

47453732312620117

48

46

17

15

12 13 14

19

34

21

40

2

4

36

25

30

27

10

31

53

96

68

97

74

33

90

73

9

8

7

55

184 185 186 54 75 76 77 78 144 243 244 116

29

35

98

14

114

16993

140

141

16

79

118

39

181

182

159

134

179

17

209

210

44

86

127

148

43

170

85

128

107

190

147

167

189

188

64

109

106

46

111

149

104

99

38

18

62

61

81

60

40

19

103

84

100

82

105

83

120

119

146

121

101

176

175

173

152

129

108

72

24

249

204

165

63

71

51

207

247

229

248

227

48

125

126

115

154

235

213

193

214

133

2

1

9

1

34

32

35

112

238

217

196

194

222200 178183 180234201 15622528 59 70 91 123 208 219 224 246 240

237

245

2

17

21

42

43

3029 13 232226258281211

5

8

19

20

14

13

15

4

3

2

1

18

17

16

5

4

45

46

36

2

4

5

385

1211

14

10

15

9

4

13

2

1

5

316

61

60

8

25

23

24

22

21

105

109

110

103

20

19

43

42

144

128

145

143

92

94

93

87

90

127

80

83

91

37

36

32

33

31

29

30

40

41

39

38

28

26

27

160

161

162

68 7277 84 86 2

194

15

3

18

44

4

45

9163

76

70

71

73

74

67196

46 139

47

58

72

5

71

70

59

57

14 15 16

34

36

32

42

60

61

62

64

65

46

66

67

68

11

22

5519 20633741

21

8 9

15

4

3

5

2

3

1

MMC P.C.B.(3/3)

MAIN P.C.B.(2/3:CAMERA, SS SECTION)

DATA COMMUNICATION

IC2600BU2991

CHARACTERGENERATOR

IC1503MC74HC4053

SWITCH

IC1502CXA3503R

EVF DRIVER

IC1501MB88347PFV

D/A CONVERTER

IC2601S.75V04ANCINVERTER

IC100(3/3)M32120MCWGD52A MC32120MCWGD52B

DM-IXY DV2ELURA20 MC ADM-MV4i MC E

ELURA10 ADM-MV4 EDM-MV4i E

MAIN MI-COM

IC2000LD502W

VRP2

IC2100LD502U

VIF2

IC2301MBG102

VIC2

DRUM UNIT

DVDD 3V

DVDD 1.7V

DIF 3V AVDD 2.3V

VDD

OSC

VD

HD

DSPCHARADSPFRAME

CLAMP

BPF

EQ LPF

Y/C SEP

C SYNC SEP

SERIAL DATADATA CSCLK

27MHz

HA 4.7V

EPH

R

G

GDH

CO

NT 1

GDL

CO

NT

GDH

CO

NT 2

EQ C

ONT

2

EQ C

ONT

1

RAG

C

RAPC

AQAC

RCLK

XRCL

K

RAFC

CLAMP

LUMINANCE

CHROMINANCE

B

SP -SP +

CN15SP -SP +

CN200SP -SP +

CN11

A M CLK

VTR UNREGVTR UNREG

SP -

VTR UNREG

DVDD4.7VA3V

SP +A MUTE

SHUTTER 1BEEP 2BEEP 1

BEEP LEVELAIF CS

S CLK 2S OUT 2A EMP 2A EMP 1

XPD DA

AUD OAUD I

EXT CONT

LRCKWCK

XPD AD

AUDIO RAUDIO L

DVDD 4.7VA 3VA 3V

SDL

PB ON

HA 4.7VHA 3V

RESE

T

VCC

DATA

CS

CLK

SOUT 1

OSDC CS

SCLK1

CG B

CG G

CGFRAME

CG R

SWP

PBRF

H1A

H1B

H2A

H2B

REC CONTRECON

VDD

DVDD 3V

B

B

G

G

R R

B

G

R

DVDD 3V

X230224.576MHz

PANEL GPANEL B

SCLK1SOUT1

LCD EEP CSLCD CEN

SIN1COM ADJPLL ADJLCD 3VLCD 3V

LCD 12VLCD ON

LCD BL ONLCD UNREGLCD UNREGLCD UNREG

CN3302

21 S DET23 HP DET22 EXT DET7

11

1

1314

1720

432

AUDIO RAUDIO L

XTP A

PLUG INV I /O

TP ATP B

XTP B

Y I /OC I /O

B DATA 5B DATA 6B DATA 7

27M

SHUTTER 1TRSTTMS

VIC TDOTCK

VIF 4.7V

HA 4.7V

VCC

GCA

Y CONT

CLAMP C CONT

75W 75W 75W

Q2102 Q2101 Q2100

Q2104 Q2301

Q2103

Q2105

Q2106

B DATA 0B DATA 1B DATA 2

A DATA 5A DATA 6A DATA 7

A DATA 2A DATA 3A DATA 4

A DATA 0A DATA 1

B DATA 3B DATA 4

H1B2

CN2000H1A

3H2A 5H2B 6

CH-1HEAD

CH-2HEAD

HA 4.7V

CKO

CKI

LCD 12V

BEEP

1

BEEP

2

TO SS SECTIONIC201-1-4(EEPROM)

FROM SS SECTION(MAIN P.C.B)

R OUT

G OUT

B OUT

CGMIX BRIGHT

TIMINGGENERATOR

CONTRAST

LPF

CHROMA

REF

BLK

HCK1

HCK2

HST

RGT

TST9

FNB

TST17

VCK

VST

SCLK1

EVFSEN

SOUT1

SCLK1

SIN1

SOUT1

EVF SEN

EVF DA LOAD

MAIN EEP CS

LCD CEN

LCD EEP CS

OSDC CS

SCK

OSD R

OSD G

OSD B

SEN

SDAT

LCD 3V

Q1507

Q1501

Q1508CLAMP

LOGIC

Q1503MO 5V

Q1502

R/R-Y

R

G/Y

B/B-Y

G

B

R

G

B

CN1502TOLCD-CVF SECTIONLCD P.C.B.CN902

1415212625242019

4

711

1265

13

1716

10

LCD 12V

LCD 3V

VTR UNREG

98

18

14

13

12

RCN1501

14G 15

BL 5V 17BL 5V 18

B 13COM 16BLK 12

HCK 1 11HCK 2 10

HST 9RGT 8

TEST1(DWN) 7

TEST2(STB) 5VCK 4

VDDLCD 12V 1VST 3

EN 6

DIF3V

DVDD3V

DVDD4.7V

HA3V

HA4.7V

A3V

LCD12V

LCD3V

DVDD1.7V

E3V

VTR UNREG

AVDD2.3V

LCD ONLCD BL ON

DA CFGDA SREEL

EVF BL ONREC CTL

DIF3VDVDD3V

DVDD4.7VHA3V

HA4.7VA3V

LCD12VLCD3V

DVDD1.7VE3V

VTR UNREG

AVDD2.3V

E 3V

XRCL

K

RCLK

RAFC

RAPC

RAG

C

AQAC

EQ C

ONT

2

EQ C

ONT

1

GDL

CO

NT

GDH

CO

NT 1

GDH

CO

NT 2

X230227MHz

1211

12

1314

IC203SUB MI-COM

(SS SECTION) SO

SCK

Q1505

Q1504

LCD 3V

DVDD 4.7V

PANEL RC SYNC

PNL OPEN SWPNL BT SW

TOAUDIO SECTIONJACK FPC

TOAUDIO SECTIONMULTI P.C.B. (2/2)CN93

FROMCAMERA SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.

TOAUDIO SECTIONAUDIO P.C.B.CN801

EQGDL

VCO

B DATA 7

B DATA 6

B DATA 5

B DATA 4

B DATA 3

B DATA 2

B DATA 1

B DATA 0

A DATA 7

A DATA 6

A DATA 5

A DATA 4

A DATA 3E DATA 5

E DATA 11

E DATA 10

E DATA 9

E DATA 8

XRESET

E DATA 15

E DATA 14

E DATA 13

E DATA 12

E DATA 7

E DATA 6

AMCK

DVDD HB 1

DVDD HB 2

DVDD HC 1

DVDD HC 2

DVDD HD 11

DVDD HD 12

DVDD HA 1

DVDD HA 2

DVDD HA 3

DVDD HA 4

DVDD HA 5

DVDD HA 6

DVDD HA 7

DVDD HA 8

WCK

LRCK

AUD 1 O

AUD 1 I

VCLKXECSV

UTIL7

XECSI

XEWR

SDLSEL

XRDAT

PB H

REC H

RDAT

XERD

DVDD HA 9

DVDD HA 10

DVDD HA 11

DVDD HA 12

UTIL

0

UTIL

2

UTIL

1

UTIL

4

UTIL

3

RAG

C

RAPC

UTIL

5

RCLK

DVDD

L1

DVDD

L2

DVDD

L3

DVDD

L4

DVDD

L5

DVDD

L6

DVDD

L7

DVDD

L8

XRCL

K

UTIL

6

VRLSW

VRL 2

VRH 2

VD

C 0

Y 0

C IN

CLAMP Y

Y IN

CSNC 1

VCLK 0

VCLK 1

OSDI0

AVDD

B1

AVDD

B2

AVDD

B3

AVDD

A1

AVDD

A2

AVDD

A3

AVDD

A4

AVDD

A5

AVDD

C

AVDD

D1

AVDD

D2

VDD

PLL

1

VDD

PLL

2

HD

VF B

VF G

VF R

CSYNCO

OSDI1

EADDR 3

EADDR 2

EADDR 1

EADDR 0

XINTO C

XINTO D

XINTO M

TCK

TMS

TRST

TDI

TDO

DOTCLK

IXI

IXO

XTPB

TPB

XTPA

TPA

A DATA 2

A DATA 1

A DATA 0

EADDR 5

EADDR 4

E DATA 4

E DATA 3

E DATA 2

E DATA 1

E DATA 0

EADDR 6

OSDC/EEPROM/DA SCK

OSDC/EEPRO VI/DA SO

EEPROM SI

PANEL IC CS

PANEL EEPROM CS

OSDC CS

EVF SEV

EVF DA LOAD

MAIN EEPROM CS

HP D

ET

VIF

CS

RAGC

VCO HI

AIF/

VIF/

SUB

SO

AIF/

VIF/

SUB

SCK

A M

UTE

BUZA

ER C

ARRI

ER1

BUZA

ER C

ARRI

ER1

EXT

CONT

PLUG

IN

S DE

T

EXT

DET

XRESET

VIC XEWR

VIC XERD

XECSV

XECSI

BEEP

LED

EL

XPD AD

A EMP2

A EMP1

XPD DA

LET

CONT

LINE

IN

WID

E CO

NT

WID

E DE

T

AIF

CS

TCK

TMS

TRST

TDI

PANEL BOTTOH/TOP SW

PANEL OPEN SW

MIRR

E ADDR 0

E DATA 0

E ADDR 6

OSDC RESET

XINT M

XINT C

XINT D

E DATA 15

56

3987

111440351516301329

3128252638

3433323622212324

VCC1

VDD

VCC3

CSYN

C

VDD2

VDD

VCC

SCLK1SOUT1SIN1

MEIN EEP CS

VDD

VCC

DA CFG

LCP

RL

SW F

COM

PLL

DI

CLK

LD

TOLCD-CVF SECTIONCVF P.C.B.CN4101

SCLK1

SOUT1

EVF DA LOAD

S0SCK

GCA

CN3301

SCK

SO

VIF

CS

CLAMP C

MM TD0

WIDE DET

LINE

IN

WIDE CONT

LETTER CONT

VIDEO SECTION ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001

Page 177: Canon - Elura 10A, 20MCA - Service Manual

OPEN

CLOSE

INVERT

INVERT CLOSE

Hi(OFF) Hi(OFF)

LO(ON)

LO(ON) LO(ON)

LO(ON)

Hi(OFF)

Hi(OFF)

PNL OPEN SW PNL BT SW

DATA COMMUNICATION

LCD P.C.B.

CVF P.C.B.

Q4203SWITCH

Q4202DRIVER

Q4204DRIVER

Q903

Q904

Q902

R CLAMP

CNTRST GAMMA S/H

IC901AK6420AMEEPROM

IC4201AN8016NSH

DC/DC CONVERTER

IC902LV4135W

LCD DRIVE

60

10

62

30

785

4

3

2

1

5

7

T4201CPU9D25

6

4

3

2

1

5

8

51

35

39 9

12V 3V

14 49

34

30

29

28

27

26

25

22

21

20

19

18

17

50

11

12

59

58

40

43

45

CS

DI

VCC

16

5

IN-OUT

VCC

10FB

4 ON/OFF

GND

SK

DO

Q902

LCD 3V

12V

LCD 3V

VRCN903

CN901

VGVB

VCOM

PNL BT SWLCD 3V

PNL OPEN SWLCD 3V

HVDDVVDD

2124

WP4201

WP4202

23

22

1816 MAGNET

(MAIN BODYSIDE)

HALL IC(PANEL SIDE)10

19

452378

176

25131112

6431

PANEL G

CN902TOVIDEO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN1502

TOVIDEO SECTIONMAIN P.C.B.CN1501

216

1213

PANEL B3SCLK17SOUT18

LCD EEP CS10LCD CEN11

SIN1

CLKSO

E CS

L CS

CLK

SO

CS

BRIGHT

R OUT

G OUT

B OUT

G CLAMP AGC

GCA

GCA

B

CLKCONTROL

CSYNC

D1

PDPLL ADJ

LCD UNREG

LCD 3V

LCD UNREG

OSC

/O

OSC

/I

VC C

PCD

VDD1

VDD2

VCC1

VSY/I

XSTH

SHT

CKH 2

CKH 1

PCG 2

PCG 1

XSTV

STV

CKV 2

CKV 1

KENB

ENB

CSYO

CSHO

XSTHSHT

CKH 2CKH 1PCG 2PCG 1XSTVSTV

CKV 2CKV 1KENBENB

CSYOCSHO

E CS

CLK

SO

SO

CENSI9

COM ADJ17PLL ADJ18LCD 3V19LCD 3V20

LCD 12V16LCD ON14

LCD BL ON15LCD UNREG21LCD UNREG22LCD UNREG23

CVFPANEL

BACKLIGHT

Q4101

Q4103

LED DRIVE

LED DRIVE

RG

BL 5VBL 5V

BCOMBLK

HCK 1HCK 2

HSTRGT

TEST1(DWN)

TEST2(STB)VCKVST

EN

CN41013476859

1011

131415161718

VDD20

12

CN4102

FN 4101

R 14G 15B 13

12

COM 16

BLK 12HCK 1 11HCK 2 10

RGT 8TEST1(DWN) 7

EN 6TEST2(STB) 5

VCK 4VSTVDD

31

HST 9

BL 5VLED

LCD 3V

LCD 12V

3V

12V

LCD UNREG

SI/F

CLAMP

PLL

PD

OSC

LCD

BACK LIGHT

LCD UNIT

PWM

PLL

TIMINGGENERATOR

PANEL RC SYNC

PNL OPEN SWPNL BT SW

+

-

LCD-CVF SECTION ELURA20 MC A, ELURA10 A

CANON INC. 2001C01 Sep. 2001